blob: de5681931196a224c651e3ed2ed756f7a738e992 [file] [log] [blame]
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001//===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner959e5be2007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
15#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Daniel Dunbar64789f82008-08-11 05:35:13 +000016#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Chris Lattner3e254fb2008-04-08 04:40:51 +000017#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Steve Naroff9ed3e772008-05-29 21:12:08 +000018#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
Douglas Gregor279272e2009-02-04 19:02:06 +000019#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +000020#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
21#include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
22#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +000023#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +000024#include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h"
Chris Lattner71ca8c82008-10-26 23:43:26 +000025#include "clang/Parse/Designator.h"
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +000026#include "clang/Parse/Scope.h"
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +000027using namespace clang;
28
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000029/// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and
30/// emit any corresponding diagnostics.
31///
32/// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing
33/// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example,
34/// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being
35/// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted
36/// function is being used.
37///
38/// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be
39/// referenced), false otherwise.
40bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000041 // See if the decl is deprecated.
Douglas Gregor98da6ae2009-06-18 16:11:24 +000042 if (D->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>(Context)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000043 // Implementing deprecated stuff requires referencing deprecated
44 // stuff. Don't warn if we are implementing a deprecated
45 // construct.
Chris Lattnerfb1bb822009-02-16 19:35:30 +000046 bool isSilenced = false;
47
48 if (NamedDecl *ND = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl()) {
49 // If this reference happens *in* a deprecated function or method, don't
50 // warn.
Douglas Gregor98da6ae2009-06-18 16:11:24 +000051 isSilenced = ND->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>(Context);
Chris Lattnerfb1bb822009-02-16 19:35:30 +000052
53 // If this is an Objective-C method implementation, check to see if the
54 // method was deprecated on the declaration, not the definition.
55 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND)) {
56 // The semantic decl context of a ObjCMethodDecl is the
57 // ObjCImplementationDecl.
58 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *Impl
59 = dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(MD->getParent())) {
60
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +000061 MD = Impl->getClassInterface()->getMethod(Context,
62 MD->getSelector(),
Chris Lattnerfb1bb822009-02-16 19:35:30 +000063 MD->isInstanceMethod());
Douglas Gregor98da6ae2009-06-18 16:11:24 +000064 isSilenced |= MD && MD->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>(Context);
Chris Lattnerfb1bb822009-02-16 19:35:30 +000065 }
66 }
67 }
68
69 if (!isSilenced)
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000070 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_deprecated) << D->getDeclName();
71 }
72
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000073 // See if this is a deleted function.
Douglas Gregor6f8c3682009-02-24 04:26:15 +000074 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000075 if (FD->isDeleted()) {
76 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
77 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << true;
78 return true;
79 }
Douglas Gregor6f8c3682009-02-24 04:26:15 +000080 }
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000081
82 // See if the decl is unavailable
Douglas Gregor98da6ae2009-06-18 16:11:24 +000083 if (D->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>(Context)) {
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000084 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_unavailable) << D->getDeclName();
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000085 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << 0;
86 }
87
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000088 return false;
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000089}
90
Fariborz Jahanian180f3412009-05-13 18:09:35 +000091/// DiagnoseSentinelCalls - This routine checks on method dispatch calls
92/// (and other functions in future), which have been declared with sentinel
93/// attribute. It warns if call does not have the sentinel argument.
94///
95void Sema::DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
96 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs)
97{
Douglas Gregor98da6ae2009-06-18 16:11:24 +000098 const SentinelAttr *attr = D->getAttr<SentinelAttr>(Context);
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +000099 if (!attr)
100 return;
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000101 int sentinelPos = attr->getSentinel();
102 int nullPos = attr->getNullPos();
Fariborz Jahanian09f2e3f2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000103
Mike Stumpe127ae32009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000104 // FIXME. ObjCMethodDecl and FunctionDecl need be derived from the same common
105 // base class. Then we won't be needing two versions of the same code.
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000106 unsigned int i = 0;
Fariborz Jahanian09f2e3f2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000107 bool warnNotEnoughArgs = false;
108 int isMethod = 0;
109 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
110 // skip over named parameters.
111 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = MD->param_end();
112 for (P = MD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
113 if (nullPos)
114 --nullPos;
115 else
116 ++i;
117 }
118 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
119 isMethod = 1;
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000120 }
Fariborz Jahanian09f2e3f2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000121 else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
122 // skip over named parameters.
123 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = FD->param_end();
124 for (P = FD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
125 if (nullPos)
126 --nullPos;
127 else
128 ++i;
129 }
130 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
131 }
Fariborz Jahanianc10357d2009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000132 else if (VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
133 // block or function pointer call.
134 QualType Ty = V->getType();
135 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isFunctionPointerType()) {
136 const FunctionType *FT = Ty->isFunctionPointerType()
137 ? Ty->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType()
138 : Ty->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType();
139 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) {
140 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
141 unsigned k;
142 for (k = 0; (k != NumArgsInProto && i < NumArgs); k++) {
143 if (nullPos)
144 --nullPos;
145 else
146 ++i;
147 }
148 warnNotEnoughArgs = (k != NumArgsInProto || i >= NumArgs);
149 }
150 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType())
151 isMethod = 2;
152 }
153 else
154 return;
155 }
Fariborz Jahanian09f2e3f2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000156 else
157 return;
158
159 if (warnNotEnoughArgs) {
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000160 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian09f2e3f2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000161 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000162 return;
163 }
164 int sentinel = i;
165 while (sentinelPos > 0 && i < NumArgs-1) {
166 --sentinelPos;
167 ++i;
168 }
169 if (sentinelPos > 0) {
170 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian09f2e3f2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000171 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000172 return;
173 }
174 while (i < NumArgs-1) {
175 ++i;
176 ++sentinel;
177 }
178 Expr *sentinelExpr = Args[sentinel];
179 if (sentinelExpr && (!sentinelExpr->getType()->isPointerType() ||
180 !sentinelExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context))) {
Fariborz Jahanianc10357d2009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000181 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian09f2e3f2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000182 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000183 }
184 return;
Fariborz Jahanian180f3412009-05-13 18:09:35 +0000185}
186
Douglas Gregor3bb30002009-02-26 21:00:50 +0000187SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(ExprTy *E) const {
188 Expr *Ex = (Expr *)E;
189 return Ex? Ex->getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
190}
191
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000192//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
193// Standard Promotions and Conversions
194//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
195
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000196/// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
197void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *&E) {
198 QualType Ty = E->getType();
199 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
200
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000201 if (Ty->isFunctionType())
202 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty));
Chris Lattner2aa68822008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000203 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
204 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
205 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
206 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
207 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
208 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
209 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
Argiris Kirtzidisf580b4d2008-09-11 04:25:59 +0000210 //
211 // C++ 4.2p1:
212 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
213 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
214 //
215 if (getLangOptions().C99 || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
216 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
Chris Lattner2aa68822008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000217 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty));
218 }
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000219}
220
Douglas Gregor70b307e2009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000221/// \brief Whether this is a promotable bitfield reference according
222/// to C99 6.3.1.1p2, bullet 2.
223///
224/// \returns the type this bit-field will promote to, or NULL if no
225/// promotion occurs.
226static QualType isPromotableBitField(Expr *E, ASTContext &Context) {
Douglas Gregor531434b2009-05-02 02:18:30 +0000227 FieldDecl *Field = E->getBitField();
228 if (!Field)
Douglas Gregor70b307e2009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000229 return QualType();
230
231 const BuiltinType *BT = Field->getType()->getAsBuiltinType();
232 if (!BT)
233 return QualType();
234
235 if (BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Bool &&
236 BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Int &&
237 BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::UInt)
238 return QualType();
239
240 llvm::APSInt BitWidthAP;
241 if (!Field->getBitWidth()->isIntegerConstantExpr(BitWidthAP, Context))
242 return QualType();
243
244 uint64_t BitWidth = BitWidthAP.getZExtValue();
245 uint64_t IntSize = Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy);
246 if (BitWidth < IntSize ||
247 (Field->getType()->isSignedIntegerType() && BitWidth == IntSize))
248 return Context.IntTy;
249
250 if (BitWidth == IntSize && Field->getType()->isUnsignedIntegerType())
251 return Context.UnsignedIntTy;
252
253 return QualType();
254}
255
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000256/// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
257/// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
258/// sometimes surpressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
259/// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
260/// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
261Expr *Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *&Expr) {
262 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
263 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
264
Douglas Gregor70b307e2009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000265 // C99 6.3.1.1p2:
266 //
267 // The following may be used in an expression wherever an int or
268 // unsigned int may be used:
269 // - an object or expression with an integer type whose integer
270 // conversion rank is less than or equal to the rank of int
271 // and unsigned int.
272 // - A bit-field of type _Bool, int, signed int, or unsigned int.
273 //
274 // If an int can represent all values of the original type, the
275 // value is converted to an int; otherwise, it is converted to an
276 // unsigned int. These are called the integer promotions. All
277 // other types are unchanged by the integer promotions.
278 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000279 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.IntTy);
Douglas Gregor70b307e2009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000280 return Expr;
281 } else {
282 QualType T = isPromotableBitField(Expr, Context);
283 if (!T.isNull()) {
284 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, T);
285 return Expr;
286 }
287 }
288
289 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr);
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000290 return Expr;
291}
292
Chris Lattner9305c3d2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000293/// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
294/// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float are promoted to
295/// double. All other argument types are converted by UsualUnaryConversions().
296void Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr) {
297 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
298 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
299
300 // If this is a 'float' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to double.
301 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAsBuiltinType())
302 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)
303 return ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.DoubleTy);
304
305 UsualUnaryConversions(Expr);
306}
307
Chris Lattner81f00ed2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000308/// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
309/// will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type, and rejects ObjC
310/// interfaces passed by value. This returns true if the argument type is
311/// completely illegal.
312bool Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr, VariadicCallType CT) {
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000313 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr);
314
Chris Lattner81f00ed2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000315 if (Expr->getType()->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
316 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(),
317 diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg)
318 << Expr->getType() << CT;
319 return true;
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000320 }
Chris Lattner81f00ed2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000321
322 if (!Expr->getType()->isPODType())
323 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(), diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
324 << Expr->getType() << CT;
325
326 return false;
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000327}
328
329
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000330/// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
331/// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
332/// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
333/// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
334/// FIXME: verify the conversion rules for "complex int" are consistent with
335/// GCC.
336QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(Expr *&lhsExpr, Expr *&rhsExpr,
337 bool isCompAssign) {
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000338 if (!isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000339 UsualUnaryConversions(lhsExpr);
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000340
341 UsualUnaryConversions(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000342
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000343 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
344 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000345 QualType lhs =
346 Context.getCanonicalType(lhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
347 QualType rhs =
348 Context.getCanonicalType(rhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000349
350 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
351 if (lhs == rhs)
352 return lhs;
353
354 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
355 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
356 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
357 return lhs;
358
Douglas Gregor6fcf2ca2009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000359 // Perform bitfield promotions.
360 QualType LHSBitfieldPromoteTy = isPromotableBitField(lhsExpr, Context);
361 if (!LHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
362 lhs = LHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
363 QualType RHSBitfieldPromoteTy = isPromotableBitField(rhsExpr, Context);
364 if (!RHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
365 rhs = RHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
366
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000367 QualType destType = UsualArithmeticConversionsType(lhs, rhs);
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000368 if (!isCompAssign)
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000369 ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr, destType);
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000370 ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr, destType);
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000371 return destType;
372}
373
374QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversionsType(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
375 // Perform the usual unary conversions. We do this early so that
376 // integral promotions to "int" can allow us to exit early, in the
377 // lhs == rhs check. Also, for conversion purposes, we ignore any
378 // qualifiers. For example, "const float" and "float" are
379 // equivalent.
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000380 if (lhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
381 lhs = Context.IntTy;
382 else
383 lhs = lhs.getUnqualifiedType();
384 if (rhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
385 rhs = Context.IntTy;
386 else
387 rhs = rhs.getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000388
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000389 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
390 if (lhs == rhs)
391 return lhs;
392
393 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
394 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
395 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
396 return lhs;
397
398 // At this point, we have two different arithmetic types.
399
400 // Handle complex types first (C99 6.3.1.8p1).
401 if (lhs->isComplexType() || rhs->isComplexType()) {
402 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the complex type.
403 if (rhs->isIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
404 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000405 return lhs;
406 }
407 if (lhs->isIntegerType() || lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
408 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000409 return rhs;
410 }
411 // This handles complex/complex, complex/float, or float/complex.
412 // When both operands are complex, the shorter operand is converted to the
413 // type of the longer, and that is the type of the result. This corresponds
414 // to what is done when combining two real floating-point operands.
415 // The fun begins when size promotion occur across type domains.
416 // From H&S 6.3.4: When one operand is complex and the other is a real
417 // floating-point type, the less precise type is converted, within it's
418 // real or complex domain, to the precision of the other type. For example,
419 // when combining a "long double" with a "double _Complex", the
420 // "double _Complex" is promoted to "long double _Complex".
421 int result = Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
422
423 if (result > 0) { // The left side is bigger, convert rhs.
424 rhs = Context.getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000425 } else if (result < 0) { // The right side is bigger, convert lhs.
426 lhs = Context.getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(rhs, lhs);
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000427 }
428 // At this point, lhs and rhs have the same rank/size. Now, make sure the
429 // domains match. This is a requirement for our implementation, C99
430 // does not require this promotion.
431 if (lhs != rhs) { // Domains don't match, we have complex/float mix.
432 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType()) { // handle "double, _Complex double".
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000433 return rhs;
434 } else { // handle "_Complex double, double".
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000435 return lhs;
436 }
437 }
438 return lhs; // The domain/size match exactly.
439 }
440 // Now handle "real" floating types (i.e. float, double, long double).
441 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType() || rhs->isRealFloatingType()) {
442 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the real floating type.
Anders Carlsson488a0792008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000443 if (rhs->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000444 // convert rhs to the lhs floating point type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000445 return lhs;
446 }
Anders Carlsson488a0792008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000447 if (rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
448 // convert rhs to the complex floating point type.
449 return Context.getComplexType(lhs);
450 }
451 if (lhs->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000452 // convert lhs to the rhs floating point type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000453 return rhs;
454 }
Anders Carlsson488a0792008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000455 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
456 // convert lhs to the complex floating point type.
457 return Context.getComplexType(rhs);
458 }
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000459 // We have two real floating types, float/complex combos were handled above.
460 // Convert the smaller operand to the bigger result.
461 int result = Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000462 if (result > 0) // convert the rhs
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000463 return lhs;
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000464 assert(result < 0 && "illegal float comparison");
465 return rhs; // convert the lhs
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000466 }
467 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
468 // Handle GCC complex int extension.
469 const ComplexType *lhsComplexInt = lhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
470 const ComplexType *rhsComplexInt = rhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
471
472 if (lhsComplexInt && rhsComplexInt) {
473 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(lhsComplexInt->getElementType(),
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000474 rhsComplexInt->getElementType()) >= 0)
475 return lhs; // convert the rhs
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000476 return rhs;
477 } else if (lhsComplexInt && rhs->isIntegerType()) {
478 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000479 return lhs;
480 } else if (rhsComplexInt && lhs->isIntegerType()) {
481 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000482 return rhs;
483 }
484 }
485 // Finally, we have two differing integer types.
486 // The rules for this case are in C99 6.3.1.8
487 int compare = Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
488 bool lhsSigned = lhs->isSignedIntegerType(),
489 rhsSigned = rhs->isSignedIntegerType();
490 QualType destType;
491 if (lhsSigned == rhsSigned) {
492 // Same signedness; use the higher-ranked type
493 destType = compare >= 0 ? lhs : rhs;
494 } else if (compare != (lhsSigned ? 1 : -1)) {
495 // The unsigned type has greater than or equal rank to the
496 // signed type, so use the unsigned type
497 destType = lhsSigned ? rhs : lhs;
498 } else if (Context.getIntWidth(lhs) != Context.getIntWidth(rhs)) {
499 // The two types are different widths; if we are here, that
500 // means the signed type is larger than the unsigned type, so
501 // use the signed type.
502 destType = lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs;
503 } else {
504 // The signed type is higher-ranked than the unsigned type,
505 // but isn't actually any bigger (like unsigned int and long
506 // on most 32-bit systems). Use the unsigned type corresponding
507 // to the signed type.
508 destType = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs);
509 }
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000510 return destType;
511}
512
513//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
514// Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
515//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
516
517
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000518/// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000519/// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
520/// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
521/// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
522/// string.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000523///
524Action::OwningExprResult
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000525Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000526 assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!");
527
Chris Lattner9eaf2b72009-01-16 18:51:42 +0000528 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000529 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000530 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000531
532 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
533 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i)
534 StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation());
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000535
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000536 QualType StrTy = Context.CharTy;
Argiris Kirtzidis2a4e1162008-08-09 17:20:01 +0000537 if (Literal.AnyWide) StrTy = Context.getWCharType();
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000538 if (Literal.Pascal) StrTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Douglas Gregor1815b3b2008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000539
540 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
541 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
542 StrTy.addConst();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000543
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000544 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
545 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
546 // strings.
547 StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(StrTy,
Chris Lattner14032222009-02-26 23:01:51 +0000548 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1),
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000549 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Chris Lattnerc3144742009-02-18 05:49:11 +0000550
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000551 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
Chris Lattneraa491192009-02-18 06:40:38 +0000552 return Owned(StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(),
553 Literal.GetStringLength(),
554 Literal.AnyWide, StrTy,
555 &StringTokLocs[0],
556 StringTokLocs.size()));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000557}
558
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000559/// ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference - Return true if a reference inside of
560/// CurBlock to VD should cause it to be snapshotted (as we do for auto
561/// variables defined outside the block) or false if this is not needed (e.g.
562/// for values inside the block or for globals).
563///
Chris Lattner0b464252009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000564/// This also keeps the 'hasBlockDeclRefExprs' in the BlockSemaInfo records
565/// up-to-date.
566///
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000567static bool ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(BlockSemaInfo *CurBlock,
568 ValueDecl *VD) {
569 // If the value is defined inside the block, we couldn't snapshot it even if
570 // we wanted to.
571 if (CurBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
572 return false;
573
574 // If this is an enum constant or function, it is constant, don't snapshot.
575 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<FunctionDecl>(VD))
576 return false;
577
578 // If this is a reference to an extern, static, or global variable, no need to
579 // snapshot it.
580 // FIXME: What about 'const' variables in C++?
581 if (const VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD))
Chris Lattner0b464252009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000582 if (!Var->hasLocalStorage())
583 return false;
584
585 // Blocks that have these can't be constant.
586 CurBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
587
588 // If we have nested blocks, the decl may be declared in an outer block (in
589 // which case that outer block doesn't get "hasBlockDeclRefExprs") or it may
590 // be defined outside all of the current blocks (in which case the blocks do
591 // all get the bit). Walk the nesting chain.
592 for (BlockSemaInfo *NextBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo; NextBlock;
593 NextBlock = NextBlock->PrevBlockInfo) {
594 // If we found the defining block for the variable, don't mark the block as
595 // having a reference outside it.
596 if (NextBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
597 break;
598
599 // Otherwise, the DeclRef from the inner block causes the outer one to need
600 // a snapshot as well.
601 NextBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
602 }
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000603
604 return true;
605}
606
607
608
Steve Naroff0acc9c92007-09-15 18:49:24 +0000609/// ActOnIdentifierExpr - The parser read an identifier in expression context,
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000610/// validate it per-C99 6.5.1. HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this
Steve Naroffe50e14c2008-03-19 23:46:26 +0000611/// identifier is used in a function call context.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000612/// SS is only used for a C++ qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the
Argiris Kirtzidis054a2632008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000613/// class or namespace that the identifier must be a member of.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000614Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnIdentifierExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
615 IdentifierInfo &II,
616 bool HasTrailingLParen,
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000617 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
618 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
619 return ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(S, Loc, &II, HasTrailingLParen, SS,
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000620 isAddressOfOperand);
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000621}
622
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000623/// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build either a DeclRefExpr or a
624/// QualifiedDeclRefExpr based on whether or not SS is a
625/// nested-name-specifier.
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000626DeclRefExpr *
627Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(NamedDecl *D, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc,
628 bool TypeDependent, bool ValueDependent,
629 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
Douglas Gregor7e508262009-03-19 03:51:16 +0000630 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Douglas Gregor1e589cc2009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000631 return new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent,
632 ValueDependent, SS->getRange(),
Douglas Gregor041e9292009-03-26 23:56:24 +0000633 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep()));
Douglas Gregor7e508262009-03-19 03:51:16 +0000634 } else
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000635 return new (Context) DeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent, ValueDependent);
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000636}
637
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000638/// getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl - Retrieve the (unnamed) field or
639/// variable corresponding to the anonymous union or struct whose type
640/// is Record.
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000641static Decl *getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(ASTContext &Context,
642 RecordDecl *Record) {
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000643 assert(Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
644 "Record must be an anonymous struct or union!");
645
Mike Stumpe127ae32009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000646 // FIXME: Once Decls are directly linked together, this will be an O(1)
647 // operation rather than a slow walk through DeclContext's vector (which
648 // itself will be eliminated). DeclGroups might make this even better.
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000649 DeclContext *Ctx = Record->getDeclContext();
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000650 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator D = Ctx->decls_begin(Context),
651 DEnd = Ctx->decls_end(Context);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000652 D != DEnd; ++D) {
653 if (*D == Record) {
654 // The object for the anonymous struct/union directly
655 // follows its type in the list of declarations.
656 ++D;
657 assert(D != DEnd && "Missing object for anonymous record");
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000658 assert(!cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName() && "Decl should be unnamed");
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000659 return *D;
660 }
661 }
662
663 assert(false && "Missing object for anonymous record");
664 return 0;
665}
666
Douglas Gregorcc94ab72009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000667/// \brief Given a field that represents a member of an anonymous
668/// struct/union, build the path from that field's context to the
669/// actual member.
670///
671/// Construct the sequence of field member references we'll have to
672/// perform to get to the field in the anonymous union/struct. The
673/// list of members is built from the field outward, so traverse it
674/// backwards to go from an object in the current context to the field
675/// we found.
676///
677/// \returns The variable from which the field access should begin,
678/// for an anonymous struct/union that is not a member of another
679/// class. Otherwise, returns NULL.
680VarDecl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(FieldDecl *Field,
681 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl *> &Path) {
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000682 assert(Field->getDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
683 cast<RecordDecl>(Field->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()
684 && "Field must be stored inside an anonymous struct or union");
685
Douglas Gregorcc94ab72009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000686 Path.push_back(Field);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000687 VarDecl *BaseObject = 0;
688 DeclContext *Ctx = Field->getDeclContext();
689 do {
690 RecordDecl *Record = cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx);
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000691 Decl *AnonObject = getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(Context, Record);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000692 if (FieldDecl *AnonField = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(AnonObject))
Douglas Gregorcc94ab72009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000693 Path.push_back(AnonField);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000694 else {
695 BaseObject = cast<VarDecl>(AnonObject);
696 break;
697 }
698 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
699 } while (Ctx->isRecord() &&
700 cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion());
Douglas Gregorcc94ab72009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000701
702 return BaseObject;
703}
704
705Sema::OwningExprResult
706Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SourceLocation Loc,
707 FieldDecl *Field,
708 Expr *BaseObjectExpr,
709 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
710 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4> AnonFields;
711 VarDecl *BaseObject = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(Field,
712 AnonFields);
713
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000714 // Build the expression that refers to the base object, from
715 // which we will build a sequence of member references to each
716 // of the anonymous union objects and, eventually, the field we
717 // found via name lookup.
718 bool BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
719 unsigned ExtraQuals = 0;
720 if (BaseObject) {
721 // BaseObject is an anonymous struct/union variable (and is,
722 // therefore, not part of another non-anonymous record).
Ted Kremenek0c97e042009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000723 if (BaseObjectExpr) BaseObjectExpr->Destroy(Context);
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000724 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(BaseObject,BaseObject->getType(),
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000725 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000726 ExtraQuals
727 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseObject->getType()).getCVRQualifiers();
728 } else if (BaseObjectExpr) {
729 // The caller provided the base object expression. Determine
730 // whether its a pointer and whether it adds any qualifiers to the
731 // anonymous struct/union fields we're looking into.
732 QualType ObjectType = BaseObjectExpr->getType();
733 if (const PointerType *ObjectPtr = ObjectType->getAsPointerType()) {
734 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
735 ObjectType = ObjectPtr->getPointeeType();
736 }
737 ExtraQuals = Context.getCanonicalType(ObjectType).getCVRQualifiers();
738 } else {
739 // We've found a member of an anonymous struct/union that is
740 // inside a non-anonymous struct/union, so in a well-formed
741 // program our base object expression is "this".
742 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
743 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
744 QualType AnonFieldType
745 = Context.getTagDeclType(
746 cast<RecordDecl>(AnonFields.back()->getDeclContext()));
747 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
748 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(AnonFieldType)
749 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
750 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, AnonFieldType)) {
751 // Our base object expression is "this".
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000752 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000753 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000754 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
755 }
756 } else {
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000757 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
758 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000759 }
760 ExtraQuals = MD->getTypeQualifiers();
761 }
762
763 if (!BaseObjectExpr)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000764 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
765 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000766 }
767
768 // Build the implicit member references to the field of the
769 // anonymous struct/union.
770 Expr *Result = BaseObjectExpr;
771 for (llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4>::reverse_iterator
772 FI = AnonFields.rbegin(), FIEnd = AnonFields.rend();
773 FI != FIEnd; ++FI) {
774 QualType MemberType = (*FI)->getType();
775 if (!(*FI)->isMutable()) {
776 unsigned combinedQualifiers
777 = MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | ExtraQuals;
778 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
779 }
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000780 Result = new (Context) MemberExpr(Result, BaseObjectIsPointer, *FI,
781 OpLoc, MemberType);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000782 BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
783 ExtraQuals = Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000784 }
785
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000786 return Owned(Result);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000787}
788
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000789/// ActOnDeclarationNameExpr - The parser has read some kind of name
790/// (e.g., a C++ id-expression (C++ [expr.prim]p1)). This routine
791/// performs lookup on that name and returns an expression that refers
792/// to that name. This routine isn't directly called from the parser,
793/// because the parser doesn't know about DeclarationName. Rather,
794/// this routine is called by ActOnIdentifierExpr,
795/// ActOnOperatorFunctionIdExpr, and ActOnConversionFunctionExpr,
796/// which form the DeclarationName from the corresponding syntactic
797/// forms.
798///
799/// HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this identifier is used in a
800/// function call context. LookupCtx is only used for a C++
801/// qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the class or namespace that
802/// the identifier must be a member of.
Douglas Gregora133e262008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000803///
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000804/// isAddressOfOperand means that this expression is the direct operand
805/// of an address-of operator. This matters because this is the only
806/// situation where a qualified name referencing a non-static member may
807/// appear outside a member function of this class.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000808Sema::OwningExprResult
809Sema::ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
810 DeclarationName Name, bool HasTrailingLParen,
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000811 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000812 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000813 // Could be enum-constant, value decl, instance variable, etc.
Douglas Gregor52ae30c2009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000814 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
815 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor47bde7c2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000816
817 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
818 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
819 // -- a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
820 // names a dependent type.
Douglas Gregorf3a200f2009-05-29 14:49:33 +0000821 // FIXME: Member of the current instantiation.
Douglas Gregor47bde7c2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000822 if (SS && isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
Douglas Gregor1e589cc2009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000823 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedDeclRefExpr(Name, Context.DependentTy,
824 Loc, SS->getRange(),
Douglas Gregor041e9292009-03-26 23:56:24 +0000825 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep())));
Douglas Gregor47bde7c2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000826 }
827
Douglas Gregor411889e2009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000828 LookupResult Lookup = LookupParsedName(S, SS, Name, LookupOrdinaryName,
829 false, true, Loc);
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000830
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000831 if (Lookup.isAmbiguous()) {
832 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Lookup, Name, Loc,
833 SS && SS->isSet() ? SS->getRange()
834 : SourceRange());
835 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerf3ce8572009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000836 }
837
838 NamedDecl *D = Lookup.getAsDecl();
Douglas Gregora133e262008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000839
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000840 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then ivar lookup happens as
841 // well.
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000842 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
843 if (II && getCurMethodDecl()) {
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000844 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
845 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000846 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e.
847 // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with
848 // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl.
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000849 if (D == 0 || D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()) {
Argiris Kirtzidis95256e62008-06-28 06:07:14 +0000850 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000851 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000852 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(Context, II,
853 ClassDeclared)) {
Chris Lattner2a3bef92009-02-16 17:19:12 +0000854 // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)).
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000855 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc))
856 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerf3ce8572009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000857
858 // If we're referencing an invalid decl, just return this as a silent
859 // error node. The error diagnostic was already emitted on the decl.
860 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
861 return ExprError();
862
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000863 bool IsClsMethod = getCurMethodDecl()->isClassMethod();
864 // If a class method attemps to use a free standing ivar, this is
865 // an error.
866 if (IsClsMethod && D && !D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod())
867 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method)
868 << IV->getDeclName());
869 // If a class method uses a global variable, even if an ivar with
870 // same name exists, use the global.
871 if (!IsClsMethod) {
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000872 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private &&
873 ClassDeclared != IFace)
874 Diag(Loc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
Mike Stumpe127ae32009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000875 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't
876 // turn this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000877 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
878 OwningExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdentifierExpr(S, Loc, II, false);
Daniel Dunbarf5254bd2009-04-21 01:19:28 +0000879 return Owned(new (Context)
880 ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(), Loc,
Anders Carlsson39ecdcf2009-05-01 19:49:17 +0000881 SelfExpr.takeAs<Expr>(), true, true));
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000882 }
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000883 }
884 }
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000885 else if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod()) {
886 // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar.
887 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000888 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000889 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(Context, II,
890 ClassDeclared)) {
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000891 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private ||
892 IFace == ClassDeclared)
Chris Lattnerf3ce8572009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000893 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden) << IV->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000894 }
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000895 }
Steve Naroff0ccfaa42008-08-10 19:10:41 +0000896 // Needed to implement property "super.method" notation.
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000897 if (D == 0 && II->isStr("super")) {
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000898 QualType T;
899
900 if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod())
901 T = Context.getPointerType(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(
902 getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface()));
903 else
904 T = Context.getObjCClassType();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000905 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCSuperExpr(Loc, T));
Steve Naroff6f786252008-06-02 23:03:37 +0000906 }
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000907 }
Douglas Gregore2d88fd2009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000908
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000909 // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for
910 // argument-dependent lookup.
911 bool ADL = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (!SS || !SS->isSet()) &&
912 HasTrailingLParen;
913
914 if (ADL && D == 0) {
Douglas Gregore2d88fd2009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000915 // We've seen something of the form
916 //
917 // identifier(
918 //
919 // and we did not find any entity by the name
920 // "identifier". However, this identifier is still subject to
921 // argument-dependent lookup, so keep track of the name.
922 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr(Name,
923 Context.OverloadTy,
924 Loc));
925 }
926
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000927 if (D == 0) {
928 // Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal
929 // in C90, extension in C99).
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000930 if (HasTrailingLParen && II &&
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000931 !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) // Not in C++.
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000932 D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(Loc, *II, S);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000933 else {
934 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function call,
935 // diagnose the problem.
Argiris Kirtzidis054a2632008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000936 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000937 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
938 << Name << SS->getRange());
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000939 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
940 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000941 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_use)
942 << Name.getAsString());
Argiris Kirtzidis054a2632008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000943 else
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000944 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_var_use) << Name);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000945 }
946 }
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000947
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000948 // If this is an expression of the form &Class::member, don't build an
949 // implicit member ref, because we want a pointer to the member in general,
950 // not any specific instance's member.
951 if (isAddressOfOperand && SS && !SS->isEmpty() && !HasTrailingLParen) {
Douglas Gregor734b4ba2009-03-19 00:18:19 +0000952 DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregor09be81b2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000953 if (D && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000954 QualType DType;
955 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
956 DType = FD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
957 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
958 DType = Method->getType();
959 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
960 DType = Context.OverloadTy;
961 }
962 // Could be an inner type. That's diagnosed below, so ignore it here.
963 if (!DType.isNull()) {
964 // The pointer is type- and value-dependent if it points into something
965 // dependent.
Douglas Gregorf3a200f2009-05-29 14:49:33 +0000966 bool Dependent = DC->isDependentContext();
Douglas Gregor09be81b2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000967 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(D, DType, Loc, Dependent, Dependent, SS));
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000968 }
969 }
970 }
971
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000972 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
973 // (C++ [class.union]).
974 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D))
975 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
976 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(Loc, FD);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000977
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000978 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
979 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
980 // C++ [class.mfct.nonstatic]p2:
981 // [...] if name lookup (3.4.1) resolves the name in the
982 // id-expression to a nonstatic nontype member of class X or of
983 // a base class of X, the id-expression is transformed into a
984 // class member access expression (5.2.5) using (*this) (9.3.2)
985 // as the postfix-expression to the left of the '.' operator.
986 DeclContext *Ctx = 0;
987 QualType MemberType;
988 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
989 Ctx = FD->getDeclContext();
990 MemberType = FD->getType();
991
992 if (const ReferenceType *RefType = MemberType->getAsReferenceType())
993 MemberType = RefType->getPointeeType();
994 else if (!FD->isMutable()) {
995 unsigned combinedQualifiers
996 = MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | MD->getTypeQualifiers();
997 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
998 }
999 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
1000 if (!Method->isStatic()) {
1001 Ctx = Method->getParent();
1002 MemberType = Method->getType();
1003 }
1004 } else if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
1005 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
1006 for (OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator
1007 Func = Ovl->function_begin(),
1008 FuncEnd = Ovl->function_end();
1009 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
1010 if (CXXMethodDecl *DMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Func))
1011 if (!DMethod->isStatic()) {
1012 Ctx = Ovl->getDeclContext();
1013 MemberType = Context.OverloadTy;
1014 break;
1015 }
1016 }
1017 }
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001018
1019 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001020 QualType CtxType = Context.getTagDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx));
1021 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
1022 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(CtxType)
1023 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
1024 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, CtxType)) {
1025 // Build the implicit member access expression.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001026 Expr *This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001027 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregor09be81b2009-02-04 17:27:36 +00001028 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(This, true, D,
Eli Friedman1653e232009-04-29 17:56:47 +00001029 Loc, MemberType));
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001030 }
1031 }
1032 }
1033 }
1034
Douglas Gregor8acb7272008-12-11 16:49:14 +00001035 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
Argiris Kirtzidis38f16712008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001036 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
1037 if (MD->isStatic())
1038 // "invalid use of member 'x' in static member function"
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001039 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
1040 << FD->getDeclName());
Argiris Kirtzidis38f16712008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001041 }
1042
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001043 // Any other ways we could have found the field in a well-formed
1044 // program would have been turned into implicit member expressions
1045 // above.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001046 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
1047 << FD->getDeclName());
Argiris Kirtzidis38f16712008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001048 }
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001049
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001050 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001051 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << Name);
Ted Kremenek42730c52008-01-07 19:49:32 +00001052 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001053 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << Name);
Argiris Kirtzidis03e6aaf2008-04-27 13:50:30 +00001054 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001055 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << Name);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001056
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001057 // Make the DeclRefExpr or BlockDeclRefExpr for the decl.
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001058 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001059 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(Ovl, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
1060 false, false, SS));
Douglas Gregor35d81bb2009-02-09 23:23:08 +00001061 else if (TemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
1062 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(Template, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
1063 false, false, SS));
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001064 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001065
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001066 // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress
1067 // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup
1068 // on this function name, because this might not be the function
1069 // that overload resolution actually selects.
1070 if (!(ADL && isa<FunctionDecl>(VD)) && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc))
1071 return ExprError();
1072
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +00001073 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD)) {
Chris Lattner2a3bef92009-02-16 17:19:12 +00001074 // Warn about constructs like:
1075 // if (void *X = foo()) { ... } else { X }.
1076 // In the else block, the pointer is always false.
Douglas Gregorf3a200f2009-05-29 14:49:33 +00001077
1078 // FIXME: In a template instantiation, we don't have scope
1079 // information to check this property.
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +00001080 if (Var->isDeclaredInCondition() && Var->getType()->isScalarType()) {
1081 Scope *CheckS = S;
1082 while (CheckS) {
1083 if (CheckS->isWithinElse() &&
Chris Lattner5261d0c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00001084 CheckS->getControlParent()->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(Var))) {
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +00001085 if (Var->getType()->isBooleanType())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001086 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_false)
1087 << Var->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +00001088 else
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001089 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_zero)
1090 << Var->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +00001091 break;
1092 }
1093
1094 // Move up one more control parent to check again.
1095 CheckS = CheckS->getControlParent();
1096 if (CheckS)
1097 CheckS = CheckS->getParent();
1098 }
1099 }
Douglas Gregor1f88aa72009-02-25 16:33:18 +00001100 } else if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(VD)) {
1101 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Func->hasPrototype()) {
1102 // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a
1103 // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only
1104 // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing
1105 // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function
1106 // type.
1107 QualType T = Func->getType();
1108 QualType NoProtoType = T;
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001109 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = T->getAsFunctionProtoType())
1110 NoProtoType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Proto->getResultType());
Douglas Gregor1f88aa72009-02-25 16:33:18 +00001111 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, NoProtoType, Loc, false, false, SS));
1112 }
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +00001113 }
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001114
1115 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
1116 if (VD->isInvalidDecl())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001117 return ExprError();
1118
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001119 // If the identifier reference is inside a block, and it refers to a value
1120 // that is outside the block, create a BlockDeclRefExpr instead of a
1121 // DeclRefExpr. This ensures the value is treated as a copy-in snapshot when
1122 // the block is formed.
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001123 //
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001124 // We do not do this for things like enum constants, global variables, etc,
1125 // as they do not get snapshotted.
1126 //
1127 if (CurBlock && ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(CurBlock, VD)) {
Eli Friedman9c2b33f2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001128 QualType ExprTy = VD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001129 // The BlocksAttr indicates the variable is bound by-reference.
Douglas Gregor98da6ae2009-06-18 16:11:24 +00001130 if (VD->getAttr<BlocksAttr>(Context))
Eli Friedman9c2b33f2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001131 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, true));
Fariborz Jahanian89942a02009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001132 // This is to record that a 'const' was actually synthesize and added.
1133 bool constAdded = !ExprTy.isConstQualified();
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001134 // Variable will be bound by-copy, make it const within the closure.
Fariborz Jahanian89942a02009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001135
Eli Friedman9c2b33f2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001136 ExprTy.addConst();
Fariborz Jahanian89942a02009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001137 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, false,
1138 constAdded));
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001139 }
1140 // If this reference is not in a block or if the referenced variable is
1141 // within the block, create a normal DeclRefExpr.
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001142
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001143 bool TypeDependent = false;
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001144 bool ValueDependent = false;
1145 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
1146 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
1147 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
1148 // - an identifier that was declared with a dependent type,
1149 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType())
1150 TypeDependent = true;
1151 // - FIXME: a template-id that is dependent,
1152 // - a conversion-function-id that specifies a dependent type,
1153 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName &&
1154 Name.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType())
1155 TypeDependent = true;
1156 // - a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
1157 // names a dependent type.
1158 else if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Douglas Gregor734b4ba2009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001159 for (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001160 DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
1161 // FIXME: could stop early at namespace scope.
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001162 if (DC->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001163 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
1164 if (Context.getTypeDeclType(Record)->isDependentType()) {
1165 TypeDependent = true;
1166 break;
1167 }
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001168 }
1169 }
1170 }
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001171
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001172 // C++ [temp.dep.constexpr]p2:
1173 //
1174 // An identifier is value-dependent if it is:
1175 // - a name declared with a dependent type,
1176 if (TypeDependent)
1177 ValueDependent = true;
1178 // - the name of a non-type template parameter,
1179 else if (isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(VD))
1180 ValueDependent = true;
1181 // - a constant with integral or enumeration type and is
1182 // initialized with an expression that is value-dependent
Eli Friedman1f7744a2009-06-11 01:11:20 +00001183 else if (const VarDecl *Dcl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD)) {
1184 if (Dcl->getType().getCVRQualifiers() == QualType::Const &&
1185 Dcl->getInit()) {
1186 ValueDependent = Dcl->getInit()->isValueDependent();
1187 }
1188 }
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001189 }
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001190
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001191 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc,
1192 TypeDependent, ValueDependent, SS));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001193}
1194
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001195Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
1196 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
Chris Lattner69909292008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001197 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001198
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001199 switch (Kind) {
Chris Lattnere12ca5d2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001200 default: assert(0 && "Unknown simple primary expr!");
Chris Lattner69909292008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001201 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
1202 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
1203 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001204 }
Chris Lattnere12ca5d2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001205
Chris Lattner7e637512008-01-12 08:14:25 +00001206 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of the
1207 // string.
Chris Lattnerfc9511c2008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001208 unsigned Length;
Chris Lattnere5cb5862008-12-04 23:50:19 +00001209 if (FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl())
1210 Length = FD->getIdentifier()->getLength();
Chris Lattnerbce5e4f2008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001211 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
1212 Length = MD->getSynthesizedMethodSize();
1213 else {
1214 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
1215 // __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ -> "top level", the others produce an empty string.
1216 Length = IT == PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction ? strlen("top level") : 0;
1217 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001218
1219
Chris Lattnerfc9511c2008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001220 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
Chris Lattnere12ca5d2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001221 QualType ResTy = Context.CharTy.getQualifiedType(QualType::Const);
Chris Lattnerfc9511c2008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001222 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001223 return Owned(new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001224}
1225
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001226Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001227 llvm::SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
1228 CharBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength());
1229 const char *ThisTokBegin = &CharBuffer[0];
1230 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001231
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001232 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1233 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1234 if (Literal.hadError())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001235 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner6b22fb72008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001236
1237 QualType type = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.CharTy : Context.IntTy;
1238
Sebastian Redl75324932009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001239 return Owned(new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(),
1240 Literal.isWide(),
1241 type, Tok.getLocation()));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001242}
1243
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001244Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok) {
1245 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001246 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or type suffix.
1247 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
Chris Lattnerc374f8b2009-01-26 22:36:52 +00001248 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
Chris Lattnerfd5f1432009-01-16 07:10:29 +00001249 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001250 return Owned(new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val-'0'),
Steve Naroffe5f128a2009-01-20 19:53:53 +00001251 Context.IntTy, Tok.getLocation()));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001252 }
Ted Kremenekdbde2282009-01-13 23:19:12 +00001253
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001254 llvm::SmallString<512> IntegerBuffer;
Chris Lattner46d91342008-09-30 20:53:45 +00001255 // Add padding so that NumericLiteralParser can overread by one character.
1256 IntegerBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()+1);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001257 const char *ThisTokBegin = &IntegerBuffer[0];
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001258
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001259 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
1260 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001261
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001262 NumericLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1263 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1264 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001265 return ExprError();
1266
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001267 Expr *Res;
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001268
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001269 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
Chris Lattner858eece2007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001270 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001271 if (Literal.isFloat)
Chris Lattner858eece2007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001272 Ty = Context.FloatTy;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001273 else if (!Literal.isLong)
Chris Lattner858eece2007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001274 Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001275 else
Chris Lattnerfc18dcc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001276 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001277
1278 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
1279
Ted Kremenekddedbe22007-11-29 00:56:49 +00001280 // isExact will be set by GetFloatValue().
1281 bool isExact = false;
Sebastian Redl75324932009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001282 Res = new (Context) FloatingLiteral(Literal.GetFloatValue(Format, &isExact),
1283 &isExact, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001284
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001285 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001286 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001287 } else {
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001288 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001289
Neil Booth7421e9c2007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001290 // long long is a C99 feature.
1291 if (!getLangOptions().C99 && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
Neil Booth9bd47082007-08-29 22:13:52 +00001292 Literal.isLongLong)
Neil Booth7421e9c2007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001293 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_longlong);
1294
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001295 // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
Chris Lattner8cd0e932008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001296 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.Target.getIntMaxTWidth(), 0);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001297
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001298 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
1299 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, warn and force to ull.
1300 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large);
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001301 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
1302 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
Chris Lattner8cd0e932008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001303 "long long is not intmax_t?");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001304 } else {
1305 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
1306 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001307
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001308 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
1309 // be an unsigned int.
1310 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
1311
1312 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001313 unsigned Width = 0;
Chris Lattner98540b62007-08-23 21:58:08 +00001314 if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
1315 // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001316 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001317
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001318 // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
1319 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
1320 // Does it fit in a signed int?
1321 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001322 Ty = Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001323 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001324 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001325 Width = IntSize;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001326 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001327 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001328
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001329 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001330 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001331 unsigned LongSize = Context.Target.getLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001332
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001333 // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
1334 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
1335 // Does it fit in a signed long?
1336 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001337 Ty = Context.LongTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001338 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001339 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001340 Width = LongSize;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001341 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001342 }
1343
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001344 // Finally, check long long if needed.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001345 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001346 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001347
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001348 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
1349 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
1350 // Does it fit in a signed long long?
1351 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001352 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001353 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001354 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001355 Width = LongLongSize;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001356 }
1357 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001358
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001359 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
1360 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001361 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001362 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed);
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001363 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001364 Width = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001365 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001366
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001367 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
1368 ResultVal.trunc(Width);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001369 }
Sebastian Redl75324932009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001370 Res = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001371 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001372
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001373 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
1374 if (Literal.isImaginary)
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001375 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
1376 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001377
1378 return Owned(Res);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001379}
1380
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001381Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L,
1382 SourceLocation R, ExprArg Val) {
Anders Carlsson39ecdcf2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00001383 Expr *E = Val.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001384 assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001385 return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001386}
1387
1388/// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
1389/// See C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] for more details.
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001390bool Sema::CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(QualType exprType,
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001391 SourceLocation OpLoc,
1392 const SourceRange &ExprRange,
1393 bool isSizeof) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001394 if (exprType->isDependentType())
1395 return false;
1396
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001397 // C99 6.5.3.4p1:
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001398 if (isa<FunctionType>(exprType)) {
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001399 // alignof(function) is allowed as an extension.
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001400 if (isSizeof)
1401 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) << ExprRange;
1402 return false;
1403 }
1404
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001405 // Allow sizeof(void)/alignof(void) as an extension.
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001406 if (exprType->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001407 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type)
1408 << (isSizeof ? "sizeof" : "__alignof") << ExprRange;
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001409 return false;
1410 }
Chris Lattnere1127c42009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001411
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001412 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, exprType,
1413 isSizeof ? diag::err_sizeof_incomplete_type :
1414 diag::err_alignof_incomplete_type,
1415 ExprRange))
1416 return true;
1417
1418 // Reject sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>) in 64-bit mode.
Fariborz Jahanianbf2b0952009-04-24 17:34:33 +00001419 if (LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI && exprType->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001420 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface)
Chris Lattnerf3ce8572009-04-24 22:30:50 +00001421 << exprType << isSizeof << ExprRange;
1422 return true;
Chris Lattnere1127c42009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001423 }
1424
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001425 return false;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001426}
1427
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001428bool Sema::CheckAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1429 const SourceRange &ExprRange) {
1430 E = E->IgnoreParens();
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001431
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001432 // alignof decl is always ok.
1433 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
1434 return false;
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001435
1436 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
1437 if (E->isTypeDependent())
1438 return false;
1439
Douglas Gregor531434b2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001440 if (E->getBitField()) {
1441 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 1 << ExprRange;
1442 return true;
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001443 }
Douglas Gregor531434b2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001444
1445 // Alignment of a field access is always okay, so long as it isn't a
1446 // bit-field.
1447 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
1448 if (dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
1449 return false;
1450
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001451 return CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, ExprRange, false);
1452}
1453
Douglas Gregor396f1142009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001454/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand.
1455Action::OwningExprResult
1456Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(QualType T, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1457 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1458 if (T.isNull())
1459 return ExprError();
1460
1461 if (!T->isDependentType() &&
1462 CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(T, OpLoc, R, isSizeOf))
1463 return ExprError();
1464
1465 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1466 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, T,
1467 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1468 R.getEnd()));
1469}
1470
1471/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression
1472/// operand.
1473Action::OwningExprResult
1474Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1475 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1476 // Verify that the operand is valid.
1477 bool isInvalid = false;
1478 if (E->isTypeDependent()) {
1479 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
1480 } else if (!isSizeOf) {
1481 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(E, OpLoc, R);
Douglas Gregor531434b2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001482 } else if (E->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
Douglas Gregor396f1142009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001483 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0;
1484 isInvalid = true;
1485 } else {
1486 isInvalid = CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, R, true);
1487 }
1488
1489 if (isInvalid)
1490 return ExprError();
1491
1492 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1493 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, E,
1494 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1495 R.getEnd()));
1496}
1497
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001498/// ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c expr and
1499/// the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
1500/// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001501Action::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001502Sema::ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isSizeof, bool isType,
1503 void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001504 // If error parsing type, ignore.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001505 if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001506
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001507 if (isType) {
Douglas Gregor396f1142009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001508 QualType ArgTy = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrEx);
1509 return CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgTy, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgRange);
1510 }
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001511
Douglas Gregor396f1142009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001512 // Get the end location.
1513 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
1514 Action::OwningExprResult Result
1515 = CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgEx->getSourceRange());
1516
1517 if (Result.isInvalid())
1518 DeleteExpr(ArgEx);
1519
1520 return move(Result);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001521}
1522
Chris Lattner57e5f7e2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001523QualType Sema::CheckRealImagOperand(Expr *&V, SourceLocation Loc, bool isReal) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001524 if (V->isTypeDependent())
1525 return Context.DependentTy;
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001526
Chris Lattnera16e42d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001527 // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001528 if (const ComplexType *CT = V->getType()->getAsComplexType())
1529 return CT->getElementType();
Chris Lattnera16e42d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001530
1531 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
1532 if (V->getType()->isArithmeticType())
1533 return V->getType();
1534
1535 // Reject anything else.
Chris Lattner57e5f7e2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001536 Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V->getType()
1537 << (isReal ? "__real" : "__imag");
Chris Lattnera16e42d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001538 return QualType();
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001539}
1540
1541
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001542
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001543Action::OwningExprResult
1544Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1545 tok::TokenKind Kind, ExprArg Input) {
1546 Expr *Arg = (Expr *)Input.get();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001547
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001548 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
1549 switch (Kind) {
1550 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
1551 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostInc; break;
1552 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostDec; break;
1553 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001554
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001555 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1556 (Arg->getType()->isRecordType() || Arg->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
1557 // Which overloaded operator?
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001558 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp =
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001559 (Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc)? OO_PlusPlus : OO_MinusMinus;
1560
1561 // C++ [over.inc]p1:
1562 //
1563 // [...] If the function is a member function with one
1564 // parameter (which shall be of type int) or a non-member
1565 // function with two parameters (the second of which shall be
1566 // of type int), it defines the postfix increment operator ++
1567 // for objects of that type. When the postfix increment is
1568 // called as a result of using the ++ operator, the int
1569 // argument will have value zero.
1570 Expr *Args[2] = {
1571 Arg,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001572 new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(Context.Target.getIntWidth(), 0,
1573 /*isSigned=*/true), Context.IntTy, SourceLocation())
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001574 };
1575
1576 // Build the candidate set for overloading
1577 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001578 AddOperatorCandidates(OverOp, S, OpLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001579
1580 // Perform overload resolution.
1581 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
1582 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Best)) {
1583 case OR_Success: {
1584 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1585 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1586
1587 if (FnDecl) {
1588 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1589 // operator.
1590
1591 // Convert the arguments.
1592 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1593 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Arg, Method))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001594 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001595 } else {
1596 // Convert the arguments.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001597 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg,
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001598 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1599 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001600 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001601 }
1602
1603 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001604 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001605 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
1606 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001607
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001608 // Build the actual expression node.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001609 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
Mike Stump6d8e5732009-02-19 02:54:59 +00001610 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001611 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1612
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001613 Input.release();
Douglas Gregorb2f81ac2009-05-27 05:00:47 +00001614 Args[0] = Arg;
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001615 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OverOp, FnExpr,
1616 Args, 2, ResultTy,
1617 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001618 } else {
1619 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1620 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1621 // operator node.
1622 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1623 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001624 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001625
1626 break;
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001627 }
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001628 }
1629
1630 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1631 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1632 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1633 break;
1634
1635 case OR_Ambiguous:
1636 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1637 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1638 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1639 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001640 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001641
1642 case OR_Deleted:
1643 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1644 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1645 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1646 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1647 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1648 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001649 }
1650
1651 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1652 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1653 // build a built-in operation.
1654 }
1655
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00001656 QualType result = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Arg, OpLoc,
1657 Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001658 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001659 return ExprError();
1660 Input.release();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001661 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Arg, Opc, result, OpLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001662}
1663
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001664Action::OwningExprResult
1665Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
1666 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
1667 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
1668 *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001669
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001670 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Douglas Gregorde72f3e2009-05-19 00:01:19 +00001671 (LHSExp->isTypeDependent() || RHSExp->isTypeDependent())) {
1672 Base.release();
1673 Idx.release();
1674 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
1675 Context.DependentTy, RLoc));
1676 }
1677
1678 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001679 (LHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
Eli Friedmane658bf52008-12-15 22:34:21 +00001680 LHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
1681 RHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
1682 RHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001683 // Add the appropriate overloaded operators (C++ [over.match.oper])
1684 // to the candidate set.
1685 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
1686 Expr *Args[2] = { LHSExp, RHSExp };
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001687 AddOperatorCandidates(OO_Subscript, S, LLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
1688 SourceRange(LLoc, RLoc));
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001689
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001690 // Perform overload resolution.
1691 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
1692 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Best)) {
1693 case OR_Success: {
1694 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1695 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1696
1697 if (FnDecl) {
1698 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1699 // operator.
1700
1701 // Convert the arguments.
1702 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1703 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(LHSExp, Method) ||
1704 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1705 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1706 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001707 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001708 } else {
1709 // Convert the arguments.
1710 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp,
1711 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1712 "passing") ||
1713 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1714 FnDecl->getParamDecl(1)->getType(),
1715 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001716 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001717 }
1718
1719 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001720 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001721 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
1722 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001723
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001724 // Build the actual expression node.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001725 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
1726 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001727 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1728
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001729 Base.release();
1730 Idx.release();
Douglas Gregorb2f81ac2009-05-27 05:00:47 +00001731 Args[0] = LHSExp;
1732 Args[1] = RHSExp;
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001733 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Subscript,
1734 FnExpr, Args, 2,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001735 ResultTy, LLoc));
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001736 } else {
1737 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1738 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1739 // operator node.
1740 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1741 "passing") ||
1742 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
1743 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001744 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001745
1746 break;
1747 }
1748 }
1749
1750 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1751 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1752 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1753 break;
1754
1755 case OR_Ambiguous:
1756 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1757 << "[]"
1758 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1759 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001760 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001761
1762 case OR_Deleted:
1763 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1764 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1765 << "[]"
1766 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1767 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1768 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001769 }
1770
1771 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1772 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1773 // build a built-in operation.
1774 }
1775
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001776 // Perform default conversions.
1777 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(LHSExp);
1778 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHSExp);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001779
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001780 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
1781
1782 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00001783 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001784 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001785 // and index from the expression types.
1786 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
1787 QualType ResultType;
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001788 if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) {
1789 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1790 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1791 ResultType = Context.DependentTy;
1792 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAsPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001793 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1794 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001795 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattner7931f4a2007-07-31 16:53:04 +00001796 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAsPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001797 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
1798 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1799 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001800 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattnere35a1042007-07-31 19:29:30 +00001801 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAsVectorType()) {
1802 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001803 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Nate Begeman57385472009-01-18 00:45:31 +00001804
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001805 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1806 ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
Eli Friedmand4614072009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001807 } else if (LHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1808 // If we see an array that wasn't promoted by
1809 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion, it must be an array that
1810 // wasn't promoted because of the C90 rule that doesn't
1811 // allow promoting non-lvalue arrays. Warn, then
1812 // force the promotion here.
1813 Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1814 LHSExp->getSourceRange();
1815 ImpCastExprToType(LHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(LHSTy));
1816 LHSTy = LHSExp->getType();
1817
1818 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1819 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1820 ResultType = LHSTy->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
1821 } else if (RHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1822 // Same as previous, except for 123[f().a] case
1823 Diag(RHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1824 RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1825 ImpCastExprToType(RHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(RHSTy));
1826 RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
1827
1828 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1829 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
1830 ResultType = RHSTy->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001831 } else {
Chris Lattner7264d212009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001832 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value)
1833 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001834 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001835 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001836 if (!IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Chris Lattner7264d212009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001837 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
1838 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001839
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001840 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
1841 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
1842 // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
1843 // incomplete types are not object types.
1844 if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) {
1845 Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_subscript_function_type)
1846 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1847 return ExprError();
1848 }
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001849
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001850 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() &&
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001851 RequireCompleteType(LLoc, ResultType, diag::err_subscript_incomplete_type,
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001852 BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
1853 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001854
1855 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
1856 if (ResultType->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
1857 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_subscript_nonfragile_interface)
1858 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1859 return ExprError();
1860 }
1861
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001862 Base.release();
1863 Idx.release();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001864 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001865 ResultType, RLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001866}
1867
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001868QualType Sema::
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001869CheckExtVectorComponent(QualType baseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001870 IdentifierInfo &CompName, SourceLocation CompLoc) {
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001871 const ExtVectorType *vecType = baseType->getAsExtVectorType();
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001872
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001873 // The vector accessor can't exceed the number of elements.
1874 const char *compStr = CompName.getName();
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001875
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001876 // This flag determines whether or not the component is one of the four
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001877 // special names that indicate a subset of exactly half the elements are
1878 // to be selected.
1879 bool HalvingSwizzle = false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001880
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001881 // This flag determines whether or not CompName has an 's' char prefix,
1882 // indicating that it is a string of hex values to be used as vector indices.
1883 bool HexSwizzle = *compStr == 's';
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001884
1885 // Check that we've found one of the special components, or that the component
1886 // names must come from the same set.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001887 if (!strcmp(compStr, "hi") || !strcmp(compStr, "lo") ||
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001888 !strcmp(compStr, "even") || !strcmp(compStr, "odd")) {
1889 HalvingSwizzle = true;
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001890 } else if (vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner9096b792007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001891 do
1892 compStr++;
1893 while (*compStr && vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001894 } else if (HexSwizzle || vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner9096b792007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001895 do
1896 compStr++;
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001897 while (*compStr && vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Chris Lattner9096b792007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001898 }
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001899
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001900 if (!HalvingSwizzle && *compStr) {
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001901 // We didn't get to the end of the string. This means the component names
1902 // didn't come from the same set *or* we encountered an illegal name.
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001903 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_name_illegal)
1904 << std::string(compStr,compStr+1) << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001905 return QualType();
1906 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001907
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001908 // Ensure no component accessor exceeds the width of the vector type it
1909 // operates on.
1910 if (!HalvingSwizzle) {
1911 compStr = CompName.getName();
1912
1913 if (HexSwizzle)
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001914 compStr++;
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001915
1916 while (*compStr) {
1917 if (!vecType->isAccessorWithinNumElements(*compStr++)) {
1918 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_exceeds_length)
1919 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
1920 return QualType();
1921 }
1922 }
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001923 }
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001924
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001925 // If this is a halving swizzle, verify that the base type has an even
1926 // number of elements.
1927 if (HalvingSwizzle && (vecType->getNumElements() & 1U)) {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001928 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_requires_even)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00001929 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001930 return QualType();
1931 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001932
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001933 // The component accessor looks fine - now we need to compute the actual type.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001934 // The vector type is implied by the component accessor. For example,
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001935 // vec4.b is a float, vec4.xy is a vec2, vec4.rgb is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001936 // vec4.s0 is a float, vec4.s23 is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001937 // vec4.hi, vec4.lo, vec4.e, and vec4.o all return vec2.
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001938 unsigned CompSize = HalvingSwizzle ? vecType->getNumElements() / 2
1939 : CompName.getLength();
1940 if (HexSwizzle)
1941 CompSize--;
1942
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001943 if (CompSize == 1)
1944 return vecType->getElementType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001945
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001946 QualType VT = Context.getExtVectorType(vecType->getElementType(), CompSize);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001947 // Now look up the TypeDefDecl from the vector type. Without this,
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001948 // diagostics look bad. We want extended vector types to appear built-in.
1949 for (unsigned i = 0, E = ExtVectorDecls.size(); i != E; ++i) {
1950 if (ExtVectorDecls[i]->getUnderlyingType() == VT)
1951 return Context.getTypedefType(ExtVectorDecls[i]);
Steve Naroff82113e32007-07-29 16:33:31 +00001952 }
1953 return VT; // should never get here (a typedef type should always be found).
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001954}
1955
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001956static Decl *FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(const ObjCProtocolDecl*PDecl,
1957 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001958 const Selector &Sel,
1959 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001960
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001961 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PDecl->FindPropertyDeclaration(Context, &Member))
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001962 return PD;
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001963 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = PDecl->getInstanceMethod(Context, Sel))
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001964 return OMD;
1965
1966 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator I = PDecl->protocol_begin(),
1967 E = PDecl->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001968 if (Decl *D = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel,
1969 Context))
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001970 return D;
1971 }
1972 return 0;
1973}
1974
Steve Naroffc75c1a82009-06-17 22:40:22 +00001975static Decl *FindGetterNameDecl(const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy,
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001976 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001977 const Selector &Sel,
1978 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001979 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
1980 Decl *GDecl = 0;
Steve Naroffc75c1a82009-06-17 22:40:22 +00001981 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001982 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001983 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Context, &Member)) {
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001984 GDecl = PD;
1985 break;
1986 }
1987 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001988 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = (*I)->getInstanceMethod(Context, Sel)) {
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001989 GDecl = OMD;
1990 break;
1991 }
1992 }
1993 if (!GDecl) {
Steve Naroffc75c1a82009-06-17 22:40:22 +00001994 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001995 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
1996 // Search in the protocol-qualifier list of current protocol.
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001997 GDecl = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel, Context);
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001998 if (GDecl)
1999 return GDecl;
2000 }
2001 }
2002 return GDecl;
2003}
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +00002004
Fariborz Jahanian0119fd22009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002005/// FindMethodInNestedImplementations - Look up a method in current and
2006/// all base class implementations.
2007///
2008ObjCMethodDecl *Sema::FindMethodInNestedImplementations(
2009 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace,
2010 const Selector &Sel) {
2011 ObjCMethodDecl *Method = 0;
Douglas Gregorafd5eb32009-04-24 00:11:27 +00002012 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl
2013 = LookupObjCImplementation(IFace->getIdentifier()))
Douglas Gregorcd19b572009-04-23 01:02:12 +00002014 Method = ImpDecl->getInstanceMethod(Context, Sel);
Fariborz Jahanian0119fd22009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002015
2016 if (!Method && IFace->getSuperClass())
2017 return FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace->getSuperClass(), Sel);
2018 return Method;
2019}
2020
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002021Action::OwningExprResult
2022Sema::ActOnMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation OpLoc,
2023 tok::TokenKind OpKind, SourceLocation MemberLoc,
Fariborz Jahanian0cc2ac12009-03-04 22:30:12 +00002024 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Chris Lattner5261d0c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00002025 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl) {
Anders Carlssonc154a722009-05-01 19:30:39 +00002026 Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>();
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002027 assert(BaseExpr && "no record expression");
Steve Naroff137e11d2007-12-16 21:42:28 +00002028
2029 // Perform default conversions.
2030 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002031
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002032 QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
2033 assert(!BaseType.isNull() && "no type for member expression");
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002034
Chris Lattnerb2b9da72008-07-21 04:36:39 +00002035 // Get the type being accessed in BaseType. If this is an arrow, the BaseExpr
2036 // must have pointer type, and the accessed type is the pointee.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002037 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
Anders Carlsson72d3c662009-05-15 23:10:19 +00002038 if (BaseType->isDependentType())
Douglas Gregor93b8b0f2009-05-22 21:13:27 +00002039 return Owned(new (Context) CXXUnresolvedMemberExpr(Context,
2040 BaseExpr, true,
2041 OpLoc,
2042 DeclarationName(&Member),
2043 MemberLoc));
Anders Carlsson72d3c662009-05-15 23:10:19 +00002044 else if (const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAsPointerType())
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002045 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor7f3fec52008-11-20 16:27:02 +00002046 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && BaseType->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002047 return Owned(BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(S, BaseExpr, OpLoc,
2048 MemberLoc, Member));
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002049 else
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002050 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2051 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
2052 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Anders Carlsson72d3c662009-05-15 23:10:19 +00002053 } else {
Anders Carlsson4082ecd2009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002054 if (BaseType->isDependentType()) {
2055 // Require that the base type isn't a pointer type
2056 // (so we'll report an error for)
2057 // T* t;
2058 // t.f;
2059 //
2060 // In Obj-C++, however, the above expression is valid, since it could be
2061 // accessing the 'f' property if T is an Obj-C interface. The extra check
2062 // allows this, while still reporting an error if T is a struct pointer.
2063 const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAsPointerType();
2064
2065 if (!PT || (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
2066 !PT->getPointeeType()->isRecordType()))
Douglas Gregor93b8b0f2009-05-22 21:13:27 +00002067 return Owned(new (Context) CXXUnresolvedMemberExpr(Context,
2068 BaseExpr, false,
2069 OpLoc,
2070 DeclarationName(&Member),
2071 MemberLoc));
Anders Carlsson4082ecd2009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002072 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002073 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002074
Chris Lattnerb2b9da72008-07-21 04:36:39 +00002075 // Handle field access to simple records. This also handles access to fields
2076 // of the ObjC 'id' struct.
Chris Lattnere35a1042007-07-31 19:29:30 +00002077 if (const RecordType *RTy = BaseType->getAsRecordType()) {
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002078 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Douglas Gregorc84d8932009-03-09 16:13:40 +00002079 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType,
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002080 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag,
2081 BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
2082 return ExprError();
2083
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002084 // The record definition is complete, now make sure the member is valid.
Mike Stumpe127ae32009-05-16 07:39:55 +00002085 // FIXME: Qualified name lookup for C++ is a bit more complicated than this.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002086 LookupResult Result
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002087 = LookupQualifiedName(RDecl, DeclarationName(&Member),
Douglas Gregor52ae30c2009-01-30 01:04:22 +00002088 LookupMemberName, false);
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002089
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002090 if (!Result)
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002091 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
2092 << &Member << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002093 if (Result.isAmbiguous()) {
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002094 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Result, DeclarationName(&Member),
2095 MemberLoc, BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
2096 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002097 }
2098
2099 NamedDecl *MemberDecl = Result;
Douglas Gregor8acb7272008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002100
Chris Lattnerfd57ecc2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002101 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2102 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2103 // error cases.
2104 if (MemberDecl->isInvalidDecl())
2105 return ExprError();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002106
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002107 // Check the use of this field
2108 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(MemberDecl, MemberLoc))
2109 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerfd57ecc2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002110
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002111 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +00002112 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
2113 // (C++ [class.union]).
2114 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00002115 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(MemberLoc, FD,
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002116 BaseExpr, OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +00002117
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002118 // Figure out the type of the member; see C99 6.5.2.3p3, C++ [expr.ref]
2119 // FIXME: Handle address space modifiers
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002120 QualType MemberType = FD->getType();
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002121 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = MemberType->getAsReferenceType())
2122 MemberType = Ref->getPointeeType();
2123 else {
2124 unsigned combinedQualifiers =
2125 MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | BaseType.getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002126 if (FD->isMutable())
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002127 combinedQualifiers &= ~QualType::Const;
2128 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
2129 }
Eli Friedman76b49832008-02-06 22:48:16 +00002130
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002131 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, FD,
2132 MemberLoc, MemberType));
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002133 }
2134
2135 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(MemberDecl))
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002136 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002137 Var, MemberLoc,
2138 Var->getType().getNonReferenceType()));
2139 if (FunctionDecl *MemberFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MemberDecl))
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002140 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002141 MemberFn, MemberLoc,
2142 MemberFn->getType()));
2143 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
2144 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemberDecl))
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002145 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, Ovl,
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002146 MemberLoc, Context.OverloadTy));
2147 if (EnumConstantDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(MemberDecl))
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002148 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
2149 Enum, MemberLoc, Enum->getType()));
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002150 if (isa<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002151 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_type)
2152 << DeclarationName(&Member) << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Eli Friedman76b49832008-02-06 22:48:16 +00002153
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002154 // We found a declaration kind that we didn't expect. This is a
2155 // generic error message that tells the user that she can't refer
2156 // to this member with '.' or '->'.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002157 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2158 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_unknown)
2159 << DeclarationName(&Member) << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002160 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002161
Chris Lattnere9d71612008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002162 // Handle access to Objective-C instance variables, such as "Obj->ivar" and
2163 // (*Obj).ivar.
Chris Lattnerb2b9da72008-07-21 04:36:39 +00002164 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy = BaseType->getAsObjCInterfaceType()) {
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002165 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002166 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFTy->getDecl()->lookupInstanceVariable(Context,
2167 &Member,
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002168 ClassDeclared)) {
Chris Lattnerfd57ecc2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002169 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2170 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2171 // error cases.
2172 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
2173 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002174
2175 // Check whether we can reference this field.
2176 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, MemberLoc))
2177 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff8c56ee02009-03-26 16:01:08 +00002178 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Public &&
2179 IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Package) {
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002180 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassOfMethodDecl = 0;
2181 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
2182 ClassOfMethodDecl = MD->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahanian0cc2ac12009-03-04 22:30:12 +00002183 else if (ObjCImpDecl && getCurFunctionDecl()) {
2184 // Case of a c-function declared inside an objc implementation.
2185 // FIXME: For a c-style function nested inside an objc implementation
Mike Stumpe127ae32009-05-16 07:39:55 +00002186 // class, there is no implementation context available, so we pass
2187 // down the context as argument to this routine. Ideally, this context
2188 // need be passed down in the AST node and somehow calculated from the
2189 // AST for a function decl.
Chris Lattner5261d0c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00002190 Decl *ImplDecl = ObjCImpDecl.getAs<Decl>();
Fariborz Jahanian0cc2ac12009-03-04 22:30:12 +00002191 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPD =
2192 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(ImplDecl))
2193 ClassOfMethodDecl = IMPD->getClassInterface();
2194 else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl* CatImplClass =
2195 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ImplDecl))
2196 ClassOfMethodDecl = CatImplClass->getClassInterface();
Steve Narofff9606572009-03-04 18:34:24 +00002197 }
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002198
Fariborz Jahanian0cc2ac12009-03-04 22:30:12 +00002199 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private) {
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002200 if (ClassDeclared != IFTy->getDecl() ||
Fariborz Jahanian0cc2ac12009-03-04 22:30:12 +00002201 ClassOfMethodDecl != ClassDeclared)
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002202 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
2203 }
2204 // @protected
2205 else if (!IFTy->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(ClassOfMethodDecl))
2206 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_protected_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
2207 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002208
Daniel Dunbarf5254bd2009-04-21 01:19:28 +00002209 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002210 MemberLoc, BaseExpr,
Daniel Dunbarf5254bd2009-04-21 01:19:28 +00002211 OpKind == tok::arrow));
Fariborz Jahanian09772392008-12-13 22:20:28 +00002212 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002213 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar)
2214 << IFTy->getDecl()->getDeclName() << &Member
2215 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002216 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002217
Chris Lattnere9d71612008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002218 // Handle Objective-C property access, which is "Obj.property" where Obj is a
2219 // pointer to a (potentially qualified) interface type.
2220 const PointerType *PTy;
2221 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy;
2222 if (OpKind == tok::period && (PTy = BaseType->getAsPointerType()) &&
2223 (IFTy = PTy->getPointeeType()->getAsObjCInterfaceType())) {
2224 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFTy->getDecl();
Daniel Dunbardd851282008-08-30 05:35:15 +00002225
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002226 // Search for a declared property first.
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002227 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = IFace->FindPropertyDeclaration(Context,
2228 &Member)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002229 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2230 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2231 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahaniana996bb02009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002232 QualType ResTy = PD->getType();
2233 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
2234 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Context, Sel);
Fariborz Jahanian80ccaa92009-05-08 20:20:55 +00002235 if (DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(PD, Getter, MemberLoc))
2236 ResTy = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahaniana996bb02009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002237 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, ResTy,
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002238 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2239 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002240
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002241 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Chris Lattnerd5f81792008-07-21 05:20:01 +00002242 for (ObjCInterfaceType::qual_iterator I = IFTy->qual_begin(),
2243 E = IFTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002244 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Context,
2245 &Member)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002246 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2247 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2248 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002249
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002250 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002251 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2252 }
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002253
2254 // If that failed, look for an "implicit" property by seeing if the nullary
2255 // selector is implemented.
2256
2257 // FIXME: The logic for looking up nullary and unary selectors should be
2258 // shared with the code in ActOnInstanceMessage.
2259
2260 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002261 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Context, Sel);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002262
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002263 // If this reference is in an @implementation, check for 'private' methods.
2264 if (!Getter)
Fariborz Jahanian0119fd22009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002265 Getter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, Sel);
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002266
Steve Naroff04151f32008-10-22 19:16:27 +00002267 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2268 if (!Getter) {
2269 for (unsigned i = 0; i < ObjCCategoryImpls.size() && !Getter; i++) {
2270 if (ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassInterface() == IFace)
Douglas Gregorcd19b572009-04-23 01:02:12 +00002271 Getter = ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getInstanceMethod(Context, Sel);
Steve Naroff04151f32008-10-22 19:16:27 +00002272 }
2273 }
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002274 if (Getter) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002275 // Check if we can reference this property.
2276 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2277 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffdede0c92009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002278 }
2279 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2280 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2281 Selector SetterSel =
2282 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2283 PP.getSelectorTable(), &Member);
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002284 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Context, SetterSel);
Steve Naroffdede0c92009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002285 if (!Setter) {
2286 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2287 // methods.
Fariborz Jahanian0119fd22009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002288 Setter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, SetterSel);
Steve Naroffdede0c92009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002289 }
2290 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2291 if (!Setter) {
2292 for (unsigned i = 0; i < ObjCCategoryImpls.size() && !Setter; i++) {
2293 if (ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassInterface() == IFace)
Douglas Gregorcd19b572009-04-23 01:02:12 +00002294 Setter = ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getInstanceMethod(Context, SetterSel);
Fariborz Jahanianc05da422008-11-22 20:25:50 +00002295 }
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002296 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002297
Steve Naroffdede0c92009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002298 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2299 return ExprError();
2300
2301 if (Getter || Setter) {
2302 QualType PType;
2303
2304 if (Getter)
2305 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2306 else {
2307 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Setter->param_begin(),
2308 E = Setter->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
2309 PType = (*PI)->getType();
2310 }
2311 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
2312 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCKVCRefExpr(Getter, PType,
2313 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2314 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002315 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2316 << &Member << BaseType);
Fariborz Jahanian4af72492007-11-12 22:29:28 +00002317 }
Steve Naroffd1d44402008-10-20 22:53:06 +00002318 // Handle properties on qualified "id" protocols.
Steve Naroffc75c1a82009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002319 const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy;
Steve Naroffd1d44402008-10-20 22:53:06 +00002320 if (OpKind == tok::period && (QIdTy = BaseType->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
2321 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002322 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002323 if (Decl *PMDecl = FindGetterNameDecl(QIdTy, Member, Sel, Context)) {
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002324 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(PMDecl)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002325 // Check the use of this declaration
2326 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2327 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002328
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002329 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002330 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2331 }
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002332 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(PMDecl)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002333 // Check the use of this method.
2334 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OMD, MemberLoc))
2335 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002336
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002337 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCMessageExpr(BaseExpr, Sel,
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002338 OMD->getResultType(),
2339 OMD, OpLoc, MemberLoc,
2340 NULL, 0));
Fariborz Jahanian94cc8232008-12-10 00:21:50 +00002341 }
2342 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002343
2344 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2345 << &Member << BaseType);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002346 }
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002347 // Handle properties on ObjC 'Class' types.
2348 if (OpKind == tok::period && (BaseType == Context.getObjCClassType())) {
2349 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
2350 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
2351 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl()) {
Steve Naroff6f9e59f2009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002352 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
2353 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter;
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002354 // FIXME: need to also look locally in the implementation.
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002355 if ((Getter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Context, Sel))) {
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002356 // Check the use of this method.
Steve Naroff6f9e59f2009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002357 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002358 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002359 }
Steve Naroff6f9e59f2009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002360 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2361 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2362 Selector SetterSel =
2363 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2364 PP.getSelectorTable(), &Member);
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002365 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Context, SetterSel);
Steve Naroff6f9e59f2009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002366 if (!Setter) {
2367 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2368 // methods.
Fariborz Jahanian0119fd22009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002369 Setter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, SetterSel);
Steve Naroff6f9e59f2009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002370 }
2371 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2372 if (!Setter) {
2373 for (unsigned i = 0; i < ObjCCategoryImpls.size() && !Setter; i++) {
2374 if (ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassInterface() == IFace)
Douglas Gregorcd19b572009-04-23 01:02:12 +00002375 Setter = ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassMethod(Context, SetterSel);
Steve Naroff6f9e59f2009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002376 }
2377 }
2378
2379 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2380 return ExprError();
2381
2382 if (Getter || Setter) {
2383 QualType PType;
2384
2385 if (Getter)
2386 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2387 else {
2388 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Setter->param_begin(),
2389 E = Setter->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
2390 PType = (*PI)->getType();
2391 }
2392 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
2393 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCKVCRefExpr(Getter, PType,
2394 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2395 }
2396 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2397 << &Member << BaseType);
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002398 }
2399 }
2400
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002401 // Handle 'field access' to vectors, such as 'V.xx'.
Chris Lattner09020ee2009-02-16 21:11:58 +00002402 if (BaseType->isExtVectorType()) {
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002403 QualType ret = CheckExtVectorComponent(BaseType, OpLoc, Member, MemberLoc);
2404 if (ret.isNull())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002405 return ExprError();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002406 return Owned(new (Context) ExtVectorElementExpr(ret, BaseExpr, Member,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002407 MemberLoc));
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002408 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002409
Douglas Gregor762da552009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002410 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
2411 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2412
2413 // If the user is trying to apply -> or . to a function or function
2414 // pointer, it's probably because they forgot parentheses to call
2415 // the function. Suggest the addition of those parentheses.
2416 if (BaseType == Context.OverloadTy ||
2417 BaseType->isFunctionType() ||
2418 (BaseType->isPointerType() &&
2419 BaseType->getAsPointerType()->isFunctionType())) {
2420 SourceLocation Loc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(BaseExpr->getLocEnd());
2421 Diag(Loc, diag::note_member_reference_needs_call)
2422 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "()");
2423 }
2424
2425 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002426}
2427
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002428/// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
2429/// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
2430/// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
2431/// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
2432/// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
2433/// true if the call is ill-formed.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002434bool
2435Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002436 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002437 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002438 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2439 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002440 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002441 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
2442 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2443 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
Douglas Gregor4ac887b2009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002444 bool Invalid = false;
2445
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002446 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
2447 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
2448 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
2449 if (!FDecl || NumArgs < FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments())
2450 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
2451 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange();
2452 // Use default arguments for missing arguments
2453 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
Ted Kremenek0c97e042009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002454 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002455 }
2456
2457 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
2458 // them.
2459 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto) {
2460 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
2461 Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2462 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
2463 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange()
2464 << SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2465 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd());
2466 // This deletes the extra arguments.
Ted Kremenek0c97e042009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002467 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor4ac887b2009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002468 Invalid = true;
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002469 }
2470 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
2471 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002472
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002473 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
2474 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
2475 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002476
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002477 Expr *Arg;
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002478 if (i < NumArgs) {
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002479 Arg = Args[i];
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002480
Eli Friedman83dec9e2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002481 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2482 ProtoArgType,
2483 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument,
2484 Arg->getSourceRange()))
2485 return true;
2486
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002487 // Pass the argument.
2488 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, ProtoArgType, "passing"))
2489 return true;
Anders Carlssona116e6e2009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002490 } else {
2491 if (FDecl->getParamDecl(i)->hasUnparsedDefaultArg()) {
2492 Diag (Call->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2493 diag::err_use_of_default_argument_to_function_declared_later) <<
2494 FDecl << cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FDecl->getDeclContext())->getDeclName();
2495 Diag(UnparsedDefaultArgLocs[FDecl->getParamDecl(i)],
2496 diag::note_default_argument_declared_here);
Anders Carlsson37bb2bd2009-06-16 03:37:31 +00002497 } else {
2498 Expr *DefaultExpr = FDecl->getParamDecl(i)->getDefaultArg();
2499
2500 // If the default expression creates temporaries, we need to
2501 // push them to the current stack of expression temporaries so they'll
2502 // be properly destroyed.
2503 if (CXXExprWithTemporaries *E
2504 = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXExprWithTemporaries>(DefaultExpr)) {
2505 assert(!E->shouldDestroyTemporaries() &&
2506 "Can't destroy temporaries in a default argument expr!");
2507 for (unsigned I = 0, N = E->getNumTemporaries(); I != N; ++I)
2508 ExprTemporaries.push_back(E->getTemporary(I));
2509 }
Anders Carlssona116e6e2009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002510 }
Anders Carlsson37bb2bd2009-06-16 03:37:31 +00002511
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002512 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002513 Arg = new (Context) CXXDefaultArgExpr(FDecl->getParamDecl(i));
Anders Carlssona116e6e2009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002514 }
2515
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002516 QualType ArgType = Arg->getType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002517
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002518 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2519 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002520
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002521 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
2522 if (Proto->isVariadic()) {
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +00002523 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicFunction;
2524 if (Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
2525 CallType = VariadicBlock; // Block
2526 else if (isa<MemberExpr>(Fn))
2527 CallType = VariadicMethod;
2528
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002529 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
2530 for (unsigned i = NumArgsInProto; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2531 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Chris Lattner81f00ed2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00002532 Invalid |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, CallType);
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002533 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2534 }
2535 }
2536
Douglas Gregor4ac887b2009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002537 return Invalid;
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002538}
2539
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002540/// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002541/// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
2542/// locations.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002543Action::OwningExprResult
2544Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2545 MultiExprArg args,
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002546 SourceLocation *CommaLocs, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002547 unsigned NumArgs = args.size();
Anders Carlssonc154a722009-05-01 19:30:39 +00002548 Expr *Fn = fn.takeAs<Expr>();
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002549 Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(args.release());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002550 assert(Fn && "no function call expression");
Chris Lattner3e254fb2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002551 FunctionDecl *FDecl = NULL;
Fariborz Jahanianc10357d2009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002552 NamedDecl *NDecl = NULL;
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002553 DeclarationName UnqualifiedName;
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002554
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002555 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002556 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002557 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
Mike Stumpe127ae32009-05-16 07:39:55 +00002558 // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in
2559 // Fn.
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002560 bool Dependent = false;
2561 if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
2562 Dependent = true;
2563 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args, NumArgs))
2564 Dependent = true;
2565
2566 if (Dependent)
Ted Kremenek362abcd2009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002567 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002568 Context.DependentTy, RParenLoc));
2569
2570 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
2571 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
2572 return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2573 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
2574
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002575 // Determine whether this is a call to a member function.
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002576 if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Fn->IgnoreParens()))
2577 if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl()) ||
2578 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl()))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002579 return Owned(BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2580 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002581 }
2582
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002583 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +00002584 DeclRefExpr *DRExpr = NULL;
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002585 Expr *FnExpr = Fn;
2586 bool ADL = true;
2587 while (true) {
2588 if (ImplicitCastExpr *IcExpr = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(FnExpr))
2589 FnExpr = IcExpr->getSubExpr();
2590 else if (ParenExpr *PExpr = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(FnExpr)) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002591 // Parentheses around a function disable ADL
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002592 // (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002593 ADL = false;
2594 FnExpr = PExpr->getSubExpr();
2595 } else if (isa<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr) &&
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002596 cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getOpcode()
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002597 == UnaryOperator::AddrOf) {
2598 FnExpr = cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getSubExpr();
Chris Lattnere50fb0b2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002599 } else if ((DRExpr = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(FnExpr))) {
2600 // Qualified names disable ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
2601 ADL &= !isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(DRExpr);
2602 break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002603 } else if (UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr *DepName
Chris Lattnere50fb0b2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002604 = dyn_cast<UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2605 UnqualifiedName = DepName->getName();
2606 break;
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002607 } else {
Chris Lattnere50fb0b2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002608 // Any kind of name that does not refer to a declaration (or
2609 // set of declarations) disables ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3).
2610 ADL = false;
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002611 break;
2612 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002613 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002614
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002615 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = 0;
2616 if (DRExpr) {
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002617 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002618 Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
Fariborz Jahanianc10357d2009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002619 NDecl = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002620 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002621
Douglas Gregorfcb19192009-02-11 23:02:49 +00002622 if (Ovl || (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (FDecl || UnqualifiedName))) {
Douglas Gregor411889e2009-02-13 23:20:09 +00002623 // We don't perform ADL for implicit declarations of builtins.
Douglas Gregorb5af7382009-02-14 18:57:46 +00002624 if (FDecl && FDecl->getBuiltinID(Context) && FDecl->isImplicit())
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002625 ADL = false;
2626
Douglas Gregorfcb19192009-02-11 23:02:49 +00002627 // We don't perform ADL in C.
2628 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2629 ADL = false;
2630
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002631 if (Ovl || ADL) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002632 FDecl = ResolveOverloadedCallFn(Fn, DRExpr? DRExpr->getDecl() : 0,
2633 UnqualifiedName, LParenLoc, Args,
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002634 NumArgs, CommaLocs, RParenLoc, ADL);
2635 if (!FDecl)
2636 return ExprError();
2637
2638 // Update Fn to refer to the actual function selected.
2639 Expr *NewFn = 0;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002640 if (QualifiedDeclRefExpr *QDRExpr
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002641 = dyn_cast_or_null<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(DRExpr))
Douglas Gregor1e589cc2009-03-26 23:50:42 +00002642 NewFn = new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
2643 QDRExpr->getLocation(),
2644 false, false,
2645 QDRExpr->getQualifierRange(),
2646 QDRExpr->getQualifier());
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002647 else
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002648 NewFn = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002649 Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin());
2650 Fn->Destroy(Context);
2651 Fn = NewFn;
2652 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002653 }
Chris Lattner3e254fb2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002654
2655 // Promote the function operand.
2656 UsualUnaryConversions(Fn);
2657
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002658 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
2659 // of arguments and function on error.
Ted Kremenek362abcd2009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002660 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this, new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn,
2661 Args, NumArgs,
2662 Context.BoolTy,
2663 RParenLoc));
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002664
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002665 const FunctionType *FuncT;
2666 if (!Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
2667 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
2668 // have type pointer to function".
2669 const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAsPointerType();
2670 if (PT == 0)
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002671 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2672 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002673 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType();
2674 } else { // This is a block call.
2675 FuncT = Fn->getType()->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType()->
2676 getAsFunctionType();
2677 }
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002678 if (FuncT == 0)
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002679 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2680 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
2681
Eli Friedman83dec9e2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002682 // Check for a valid return type
2683 if (!FuncT->getResultType()->isVoidType() &&
2684 RequireCompleteType(Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2685 FuncT->getResultType(),
2686 diag::err_call_incomplete_return,
2687 TheCall->getSourceRange()))
2688 return ExprError();
2689
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002690 // We know the result type of the call, set it.
Douglas Gregor2aecd1f2008-10-29 02:00:59 +00002691 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002692
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002693 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT)) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002694 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002695 RParenLoc))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002696 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002697 } else {
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002698 assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002699
Douglas Gregora8f2ae62009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002700 if (FDecl) {
2701 // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based
2702 // on our knowledge of the function definition.
2703 const FunctionDecl *Def = 0;
Eli Friedmanf7ed7812009-06-01 09:24:59 +00002704 if (FDecl->getBody(Context, Def) && NumArgs != Def->param_size()) {
2705 const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
2706 Def->getType()->getAsFunctionProtoType();
2707 if (!Proto || !(Proto->isVariadic() && NumArgs >= Def->param_size())) {
2708 Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments)
2709 << (NumArgs > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange();
2710 }
2711 }
Douglas Gregora8f2ae62009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002712 }
2713
Steve Naroffdb65e052007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002714 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002715 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2716 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
2717 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
Eli Friedman83dec9e2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002718 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2719 Arg->getType(),
2720 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument,
2721 Arg->getSourceRange()))
2722 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002723 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
Steve Naroffdb65e052007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002724 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002725 }
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002726
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002727 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
2728 if (!Method->isStatic())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002729 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
2730 << Fn->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002731
Fariborz Jahanianc10357d2009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002732 // Check for sentinels
2733 if (NDecl)
2734 DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs);
Chris Lattner2e64c072007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002735 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
Fariborz Jahanianc10357d2009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002736 if (FDecl)
Eli Friedmand0e9d092008-05-14 19:38:39 +00002737 return CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall.take());
Fariborz Jahanianf83c85f2009-05-18 21:05:18 +00002738 if (NDecl)
2739 return CheckBlockCall(NDecl, TheCall.take());
Chris Lattner2e64c072007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002740
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002741 return Owned(TheCall.take());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002742}
2743
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002744Action::OwningExprResult
2745Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
2746 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002747 assert((Ty != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002748 QualType literalType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(Ty);
2749 // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out.
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002750 //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002751 Expr *literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(InitExpr.get());
Anders Carlsson9374b852007-12-05 07:24:19 +00002752
Eli Friedman8c2173d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002753 if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
Chris Lattnera1923f62008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002754 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002755 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
2756 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
Douglas Gregored71c542009-05-21 23:48:18 +00002757 } else if (!literalType->isDependentType() &&
2758 RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
2759 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type,
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002760 SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002761 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman8c2173d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002762
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002763 if (CheckInitializerTypes(literalExpr, literalType, LParenLoc,
Douglas Gregor6214d8a2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002764 DeclarationName(), /*FIXME:DirectInit=*/false))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002765 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffbe37fc02008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002766
Chris Lattnere5cb5862008-12-04 23:50:19 +00002767 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Steve Naroffbe37fc02008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002768 if (isFileScope) { // 6.5.2.5p3
Steve Narofff0b23542008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002769 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(literalExpr, literalType))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002770 return ExprError();
Steve Narofff0b23542008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002771 }
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002772 InitExpr.release();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002773 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, literalType,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002774 literalExpr, isFileScope));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002775}
2776
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002777Action::OwningExprResult
2778Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg initlist,
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002779 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
2780 unsigned NumInit = initlist.size();
2781 Expr **InitList = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(initlist.release());
Anders Carlsson762b7c72007-08-31 04:56:16 +00002782
Steve Naroff0acc9c92007-09-15 18:49:24 +00002783 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002784 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002785
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002786 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LBraceLoc, InitList, NumInit,
Douglas Gregorf603b472009-01-28 21:54:33 +00002787 RBraceLoc);
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00002788 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002789 return Owned(E);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002790}
2791
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002792/// CheckCastTypes - Check type constraints for casting between types.
Daniel Dunbar5ad49de2008-08-20 03:55:42 +00002793bool Sema::CheckCastTypes(SourceRange TyR, QualType castType, Expr *&castExpr) {
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002794 UsualUnaryConversions(castExpr);
2795
2796 // C99 6.5.4p2: the cast type needs to be void or scalar and the expression
2797 // type needs to be scalar.
2798 if (castType->isVoidType()) {
2799 // Cast to void allows any expr type.
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002800 } else if (castType->isDependentType() || castExpr->isTypeDependent()) {
2801 // We can't check any more until template instantiation time.
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002802 } else if (!castType->isScalarType() && !castType->isVectorType()) {
Seo Sanghyeon27b33952009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002803 if (Context.getCanonicalType(castType).getUnqualifiedType() ==
2804 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType().getUnqualifiedType()) &&
2805 (castType->isStructureType() || castType->isUnionType())) {
2806 // GCC struct/union extension: allow cast to self.
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00002807 // FIXME: Check that the cast destination type is complete.
Seo Sanghyeon27b33952009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002808 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_nonscalar)
2809 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2810 } else if (castType->isUnionType()) {
2811 // GCC cast to union extension
2812 RecordDecl *RD = castType->getAsRecordType()->getDecl();
2813 RecordDecl::field_iterator Field, FieldEnd;
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002814 for (Field = RD->field_begin(Context), FieldEnd = RD->field_end(Context);
Seo Sanghyeon27b33952009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002815 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
2816 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Field->getType()).getUnqualifiedType() ==
2817 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType()) {
2818 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_to_union)
2819 << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2820 break;
2821 }
2822 }
2823 if (Field == FieldEnd)
2824 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_union_no_type)
2825 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2826 } else {
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002827 // Reject any other conversions to non-scalar types.
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002828 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002829 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002830 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002831 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isScalarType() &&
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002832 !castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002833 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
2834 diag::err_typecheck_expect_scalar_operand)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002835 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002836 } else if (castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
2837 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castExpr->getType(), castType))
2838 return true;
2839 } else if (castType->isVectorType()) {
2840 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType()))
2841 return true;
Steve Naroffff6c8022009-03-04 15:11:40 +00002842 } else if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && isa<ObjCSuperExpr>(castExpr)) {
Steve Naroff49fd7ad2009-04-08 23:52:26 +00002843 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_illegal_super_cast) << TyR;
Eli Friedman970e56c2009-05-01 02:23:58 +00002844 } else if (!castType->isArithmeticType()) {
2845 QualType castExprType = castExpr->getType();
2846 if (!castExprType->isIntegralType() && castExprType->isArithmeticType())
2847 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
2848 diag::err_cast_pointer_from_non_pointer_int)
2849 << castExprType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2850 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
2851 if (!castType->isIntegralType() && castType->isArithmeticType())
2852 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
2853 diag::err_cast_pointer_to_non_pointer_int)
2854 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002855 }
Fariborz Jahanian4862e872009-05-22 21:42:52 +00002856 if (isa<ObjCSelectorExpr>(castExpr))
2857 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_cast_selector_expr);
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002858 return false;
2859}
2860
Chris Lattnerd1f26b32007-12-20 00:44:32 +00002861bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty) {
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002862 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002863
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002864 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner8cd0e932008-03-05 18:54:05 +00002865 if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002866 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002867 Ty->isVectorType() ?
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002868 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002869 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002870 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002871 } else
2872 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002873 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002874 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002875
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002876 return false;
2877}
2878
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002879Action::OwningExprResult
2880Sema::ActOnCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
2881 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
2882 assert((Ty != 0) && (Op.get() != 0) &&
2883 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002884
Anders Carlssonc154a722009-05-01 19:30:39 +00002885 Expr *castExpr = Op.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002886 QualType castType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(Ty);
2887
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002888 if (CheckCastTypes(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), castType, castExpr))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002889 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002890 return Owned(new (Context) CStyleCastExpr(castType, castExpr, castType,
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002891 LParenLoc, RParenLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002892}
2893
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00002894/// Note that lhs is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
2895/// In that case, lhs = cond.
Chris Lattner9c039b52009-02-18 04:38:20 +00002896/// C99 6.5.15
2897QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(Expr *&Cond, Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
2898 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
Sebastian Redlbd261962009-04-16 17:51:27 +00002899 // C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker.
2900 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2901 return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
2902
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002903 UsualUnaryConversions(Cond);
2904 UsualUnaryConversions(LHS);
2905 UsualUnaryConversions(RHS);
2906 QualType CondTy = Cond->getType();
2907 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
2908 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002909
2910 // first, check the condition.
Sebastian Redlbd261962009-04-16 17:51:27 +00002911 if (!CondTy->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.5.15p2
2912 Diag(Cond->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
2913 << CondTy;
2914 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002915 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002916
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002917 // Now check the two expressions.
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002918
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002919 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
2920 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002921 if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) {
2922 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
2923 return LHS->getType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002924 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002925
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002926 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
2927 // type.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002928 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAsRecordType()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
2929 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAsRecordType())
Chris Lattner98a425c2007-11-26 01:40:58 +00002930 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002931 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002932 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002933 return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00002934 // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002935 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002936
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002937 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
Steve Naroff95cb3892008-05-12 21:44:38 +00002938 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002939 if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) {
2940 if (!LHSTy->isVoidType())
2941 Diag(RHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
2942 << RHS->getSourceRange();
2943 if (!RHSTy->isVoidType())
2944 Diag(LHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
2945 << LHS->getSourceRange();
2946 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, Context.VoidTy);
2947 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedmanf025aac2008-06-04 19:47:51 +00002948 return Context.VoidTy;
Steve Naroff95cb3892008-05-12 21:44:38 +00002949 }
Steve Naroff12ebf272008-01-08 01:11:38 +00002950 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
2951 // the type of the other operand."
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002952 if ((LHSTy->isPointerType() || LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() ||
2953 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy)) &&
2954 RHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
2955 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy); // promote the null to a pointer.
2956 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroff12ebf272008-01-08 01:11:38 +00002957 }
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002958 if ((RHSTy->isPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType() ||
2959 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSTy)) &&
2960 LHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
2961 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy); // promote the null to a pointer.
2962 return RHSTy;
Steve Naroff12ebf272008-01-08 01:11:38 +00002963 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002964
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00002965 const PointerType *LHSPT = LHSTy->getAsPointerType();
2966 const PointerType *RHSPT = RHSTy->getAsPointerType();
2967 const BlockPointerType *LHSBPT = LHSTy->getAsBlockPointerType();
2968 const BlockPointerType *RHSBPT = RHSTy->getAsBlockPointerType();
2969
Chris Lattner0ac51632008-01-06 22:50:31 +00002970 // Handle the case where both operands are pointers before we handle null
2971 // pointer constants in case both operands are null pointer constants.
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00002972 if ((LHSPT || LHSBPT) && (RHSPT || RHSBPT)) { // C99 6.5.15p3,6
2973 // get the "pointed to" types
Mike Stumpea3d74e2009-05-07 18:43:07 +00002974 QualType lhptee = (LHSPT ? LHSPT->getPointeeType()
2975 : LHSBPT->getPointeeType());
2976 QualType rhptee = (RHSPT ? RHSPT->getPointeeType()
2977 : RHSBPT->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002978
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00002979 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
2980 if (lhptee->isVoidType()
2981 && (RHSBPT || rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())) {
2982 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
2983 QualType destPointee=lhptee.getQualifiedType(rhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
2984 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
2985 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
2986 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
2987 return destType;
2988 }
2989 if (rhptee->isVoidType()
2990 && (LHSBPT || lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())) {
2991 QualType destPointee=rhptee.getQualifiedType(lhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
2992 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
2993 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
2994 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
2995 return destType;
2996 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002997
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00002998 bool sameKind = (LHSPT && RHSPT) || (LHSBPT && RHSBPT);
2999 if (sameKind
3000 && Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3001 // Two identical pointer types are always compatible.
3002 return LHSTy;
3003 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003004
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003005 QualType compositeType = LHSTy;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003006
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003007 // If either type is an Objective-C object type then check
3008 // compatibility according to Objective-C.
3009 if (Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy) ||
3010 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSTy)) {
3011 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
3012 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
3013 // type. This allows
3014 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
3015 // where B is a subclass of A.
3016 //
3017 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
3018 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
3019 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
3020 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00003021
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003022 // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'.
3023 // It could return the composite type.
3024 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHSIface = lhptee->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
3025 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHSIface = rhptee->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
3026 if (LHSIface && RHSIface &&
3027 Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface)) {
3028 compositeType = LHSTy;
3029 } else if (LHSIface && RHSIface &&
3030 Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSIface, LHSIface)) {
3031 compositeType = RHSTy;
3032 } else if (Context.isObjCIdStructType(lhptee) ||
3033 Context.isObjCIdStructType(rhptee)) {
3034 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
3035 } else if (LHSBPT || RHSBPT) {
3036 if (!sameKind
Eli Friedmanb6eed6e2009-06-08 05:08:54 +00003037 || !Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3038 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType()))
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003039 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3040 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3041 return QualType();
3042 } else {
3043 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3044 << LHSTy << RHSTy
3045 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3046 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003047 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
3048 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
Daniel Dunbarcd23bb22008-08-26 00:41:39 +00003049 return incompatTy;
Chris Lattner71225142007-07-31 21:27:01 +00003050 }
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003051 } else if (!sameKind
3052 || !Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3053 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
3054 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
3055 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3056 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
3057 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
3058 // to get a consistent AST.
3059 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
3060 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
3061 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
3062 return incompatTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003063 }
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003064 // The pointer types are compatible.
3065 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types *or* to
3066 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
3067 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the *composite*
3068 // type.
3069 // FIXME: Need to calculate the composite type.
3070 // FIXME: Need to add qualifiers
3071 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType);
3072 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType);
3073 return compositeType;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003074 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003075
Steve Naroff6ba22682009-04-08 17:05:15 +00003076 // GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch.
3077 if (RHSTy->isPointerType() && LHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3078 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3079 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3080 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy); // promote the integer to a pointer.
3081 return RHSTy;
3082 }
3083 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3084 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3085 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3086 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy); // promote the integer to a pointer.
3087 return LHSTy;
3088 }
3089
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00003090 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly. Unlike "id", whose canonical type
3091 // evaluates to "struct objc_object *" (and is handled above when comparing
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003092 // id with statically typed objects).
3093 if (LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00003094 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
3095 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
3096 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003097 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true) ||
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003098 (LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() &&
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003099 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSTy)) ||
3100 (RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() &&
3101 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy))) {
Mike Stumpe127ae32009-05-16 07:39:55 +00003102 // FIXME: This is not the correct composite type. This only happens to
3103 // work because id can more or less be used anywhere, however this may
3104 // change the type of method sends.
3105
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00003106 // FIXME: gcc adds some type-checking of the arguments and emits
3107 // (confusing) incompatible comparison warnings in some
3108 // cases. Investigate.
3109 QualType compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003110 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType);
3111 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType);
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00003112 return compositeType;
3113 }
3114 }
3115
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003116 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003117 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3118 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003119 return QualType();
3120}
3121
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003122/// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003123/// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003124Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
3125 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3126 ExprArg Cond, ExprArg LHS,
3127 ExprArg RHS) {
3128 Expr *CondExpr = (Expr *) Cond.get();
3129 Expr *LHSExpr = (Expr *) LHS.get(), *RHSExpr = (Expr *) RHS.get();
Chris Lattner98a425c2007-11-26 01:40:58 +00003130
3131 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
3132 // was the condition.
3133 bool isLHSNull = LHSExpr == 0;
3134 if (isLHSNull)
3135 LHSExpr = CondExpr;
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003136
3137 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(CondExpr, LHSExpr,
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003138 RHSExpr, QuestionLoc);
3139 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003140 return ExprError();
3141
3142 Cond.release();
3143 LHS.release();
3144 RHS.release();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003145 return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(CondExpr,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003146 isLHSNull ? 0 : LHSExpr,
3147 RHSExpr, result));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003148}
3149
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003150
3151// CheckPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003152// being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003153// routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
3154// This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
3155// FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003156Sema::AssignConvertType
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003157Sema::CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
3158 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003159
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003160 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Chris Lattner71225142007-07-31 21:27:01 +00003161 lhptee = lhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
3162 rhptee = rhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003163
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003164 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003165 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3166 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003167
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003168 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003169
3170 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
3171 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
3172 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
Fariborz Jahanianb60352a2009-02-17 18:27:45 +00003173 // FIXME: Handle ExtQualType
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003174 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003175 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003176
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003177 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
3178 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003179 // version of void...
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003180 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003181 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003182 return ConvTy;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003183
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003184 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003185 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
3186 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003187 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003188
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003189 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003190 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003191 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003192
3193 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003194 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
3195 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003196 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003197 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003198 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
Eli Friedman6ca28cb2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003199 lhptee = lhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3200 rhptee = rhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3201 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee)) {
3202 // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign.
3203 // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs
3204 // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned.
3205 if (lhptee->isCharType()) {
3206 lhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
3207 } else if (lhptee->isSignedIntegerType()) {
3208 lhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhptee);
3209 }
3210 if (rhptee->isCharType()) {
3211 rhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
3212 } else if (rhptee->isSignedIntegerType()) {
3213 rhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rhptee);
3214 }
3215 if (lhptee == rhptee) {
3216 // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility
3217 // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign
3218 // warning can be disabled.
3219 if (ConvTy != Compatible)
3220 return ConvTy;
3221 return IncompatiblePointerSign;
3222 }
3223 // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers.
3224 return IncompatiblePointer;
3225 }
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003226 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003227}
3228
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003229/// CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
3230/// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
3231/// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
3232// types.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003233Sema::AssignConvertType
3234Sema::CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType,
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003235 QualType rhsType) {
3236 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003237
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003238 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
3239 lhptee = lhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003240 rhptee = rhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
3241
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003242 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
3243 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3244 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003245
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003246 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003247
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003248 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
3249 if (lhptee.getCVRQualifiers() != rhptee.getCVRQualifiers())
3250 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003251
Eli Friedmanb6eed6e2009-06-08 05:08:54 +00003252 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee))
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003253 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003254 return ConvTy;
3255}
3256
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003257/// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
3258/// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003259/// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
3260///
3261/// int a, *pint;
3262/// short *pshort;
3263/// struct foo *pfoo;
3264///
3265/// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3266/// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
3267/// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
3268/// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3269///
3270/// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003271/// C99 spec dictates.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003272///
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003273Sema::AssignConvertType
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003274Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003275 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
3276 // them.
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003277 lhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(lhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
3278 rhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(rhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003279
3280 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerfdd96d72008-01-07 17:51:46 +00003281 return Compatible; // Common case: fast path an exact match.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003282
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003283 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
3284 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
3285 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
3286 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
3287 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
3288 // lhsType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
3289 // type.
3290 if (const ReferenceType *lhsTypeRef = lhsType->getAsReferenceType()) {
3291 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsTypeRef->getPointeeType(), rhsType))
Anders Carlssoncebb8d62007-10-12 23:56:29 +00003292 return Compatible;
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003293 return Incompatible;
Fariborz Jahanian957442d2007-12-19 17:45:58 +00003294 }
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003295
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003296 if (lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
3297 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType, false))
Fariborz Jahanian957442d2007-12-19 17:45:58 +00003298 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003299 // Relax integer conversions like we do for pointers below.
3300 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
3301 return IntToPointer;
3302 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
3303 return PointerToInt;
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00003304 return IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
Fariborz Jahanian957442d2007-12-19 17:45:58 +00003305 }
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003306
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003307 if (lhsType->isVectorType() || rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00003308 // For ExtVector, allow vector splats; float -> <n x float>
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003309 if (const ExtVectorType *LV = lhsType->getAsExtVectorType())
3310 if (LV->getElementType() == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003311 return Compatible;
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003312
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003313 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003314 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003315 // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003316 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions &&
3317 lhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003318 if (Context.getTypeSize(lhsType) == Context.getTypeSize(rhsType))
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003319 return IncompatibleVectors;
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003320 }
3321 return Incompatible;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003322 }
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003323
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003324 if (lhsType->isArithmeticType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003325 return Compatible;
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003326
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003327 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003328 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003329 return IntToPointer;
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003330
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003331 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003332 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003333
Steve Naroffa982c712008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003334 if (rhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003335 if (lhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor7abc1432008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003336 return Compatible;
Steve Naroffa982c712008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003337
3338 // Treat block pointers as objects.
3339 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
3340 lhsType == Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getObjCIdType()))
3341 return Compatible;
3342 }
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003343 return Incompatible;
3344 }
3345
3346 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType)) {
3347 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Eli Friedmanc5898302009-02-25 04:20:42 +00003348 return IntToBlockPointer;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003349
Steve Naroffa982c712008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003350 // Treat block pointers as objects.
3351 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
3352 rhsType == Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getObjCIdType()))
3353 return Compatible;
3354
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003355 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
3356 return CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003357
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003358 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAsPointerType()) {
3359 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor7abc1432008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003360 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003361 }
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003362 return Incompatible;
3363 }
3364
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003365 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003366 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003367 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
3368 return Compatible;
3369
3370 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003371 return PointerToInt;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003372
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003373 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003374 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003375
3376 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003377 rhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor7abc1432008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003378 return Compatible;
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003379 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003380 }
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003381
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003382 if (isa<TagType>(lhsType) && isa<TagType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003383 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003384 return Compatible;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003385 }
3386 return Incompatible;
3387}
3388
Douglas Gregor144b06c2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003389/// \brief Constructs a transparent union from an expression that is
3390/// used to initialize the transparent union.
3391static void ConstructTransparentUnion(ASTContext &C, Expr *&E,
3392 QualType UnionType, FieldDecl *Field) {
3393 // Build an initializer list that designates the appropriate member
3394 // of the transparent union.
3395 InitListExpr *Initializer = new (C) InitListExpr(SourceLocation(),
3396 &E, 1,
3397 SourceLocation());
3398 Initializer->setType(UnionType);
3399 Initializer->setInitializedFieldInUnion(Field);
3400
3401 // Build a compound literal constructing a value of the transparent
3402 // union type from this initializer list.
3403 E = new (C) CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation(), UnionType, Initializer,
3404 false);
3405}
3406
3407Sema::AssignConvertType
3408Sema::CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, Expr *&rExpr) {
3409 QualType FromType = rExpr->getType();
3410
3411 // If the ArgType is a Union type, we want to handle a potential
3412 // transparent_union GCC extension.
3413 const RecordType *UT = ArgType->getAsUnionType();
Douglas Gregor98da6ae2009-06-18 16:11:24 +00003414 if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>(Context))
Douglas Gregor144b06c2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003415 return Incompatible;
3416
3417 // The field to initialize within the transparent union.
3418 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
3419 FieldDecl *InitField = 0;
3420 // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields.
3421 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(Context),
3422 itend = UD->field_end(Context);
3423 it != itend; ++it) {
3424 if (it->getType()->isPointerType()) {
3425 // If the transparent union contains a pointer type, we allow:
3426 // 1) void pointer
3427 // 2) null pointer constant
3428 if (FromType->isPointerType())
3429 if (FromType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
3430 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType());
3431 InitField = *it;
3432 break;
3433 }
3434
3435 if (rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3436 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType());
3437 InitField = *it;
3438 break;
3439 }
3440 }
3441
3442 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(it->getType(), rExpr->getType())
3443 == Compatible) {
3444 InitField = *it;
3445 break;
3446 }
3447 }
3448
3449 if (!InitField)
3450 return Incompatible;
3451
3452 ConstructTransparentUnion(Context, rExpr, ArgType, InitField);
3453 return Compatible;
3454}
3455
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003456Sema::AssignConvertType
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003457Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, Expr *&rExpr) {
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003458 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3459 if (!lhsType->isRecordType()) {
3460 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
3461 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
3462 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
Douglas Gregor6fd35572008-12-19 17:40:08 +00003463 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rExpr, lhsType.getUnqualifiedType(),
3464 "assigning"))
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003465 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner79e9a422009-04-12 09:02:39 +00003466 return Compatible;
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003467 }
3468
3469 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
3470 // structures.
3471 }
3472
Steve Naroffcdee22d2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00003473 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
3474 // a null pointer constant.
Steve Naroffd305a862009-02-21 21:17:01 +00003475 if ((lhsType->isPointerType() ||
3476 lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003477 lhsType->isBlockPointerType())
Fariborz Jahaniana13effb2008-01-03 18:46:52 +00003478 && rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003479 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType);
Steve Naroffcdee22d2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00003480 return Compatible;
3481 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003482
Chris Lattner5f505bf2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003483 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003484 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
Steve Naroff0acc9c92007-09-15 18:49:24 +00003485 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdentifierExpr), it would mess up the unary
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003486 // expressions that surpress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
Chris Lattner5f505bf2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003487 //
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003488 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
Chris Lattner5f505bf2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003489 if (!lhsType->isReferenceType())
3490 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(rExpr);
Steve Naroff0f32f432007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003491
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003492 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
3493 CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rExpr->getType());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003494
Steve Naroff0f32f432007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003495 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
3496 // type of the assignment expression.
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003497 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
3498 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
3499 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
3500 // does not have reference type.
Douglas Gregor144b06c2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003501 if (result != Incompatible && rExpr->getType() != lhsType)
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003502 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType.getNonReferenceType());
Steve Naroff0f32f432007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003503 return result;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003504}
3505
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003506QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003507 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00003508 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003509 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003510 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003511}
3512
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003513inline QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex,
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003514 Expr *&rex) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003515 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Nate Begeman03105572008-04-04 01:30:25 +00003516 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003517 QualType lhsType =
3518 Context.getCanonicalType(lex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
3519 QualType rhsType =
3520 Context.getCanonicalType(rex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003521
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003522 // If the vector types are identical, return.
Nate Begeman03105572008-04-04 01:30:25 +00003523 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003524 return lhsType;
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003525
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003526 // Handle the case of a vector & extvector type of the same size and element
3527 // type. It would be nice if we only had one vector type someday.
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003528 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions) {
3529 // FIXME: Should we warn here?
3530 if (const VectorType *LV = lhsType->getAsVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003531 if (const VectorType *RV = rhsType->getAsVectorType())
3532 if (LV->getElementType() == RV->getElementType() &&
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003533 LV->getNumElements() == RV->getNumElements()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003534 return lhsType->isExtVectorType() ? lhsType : rhsType;
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003535 }
3536 }
3537 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003538
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003539 // If the lhs is an extended vector and the rhs is a scalar of the same type
3540 // or a literal, promote the rhs to the vector type.
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00003541 if (const ExtVectorType *V = lhsType->getAsExtVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003542 QualType eltType = V->getElementType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003543
3544 if ((eltType->getAsBuiltinType() == rhsType->getAsBuiltinType()) ||
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003545 (eltType->isIntegerType() && isa<IntegerLiteral>(rex)) ||
3546 (eltType->isFloatingType() && isa<FloatingLiteral>(rex))) {
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003547 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType);
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003548 return lhsType;
3549 }
3550 }
3551
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003552 // If the rhs is an extended vector and the lhs is a scalar of the same type,
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003553 // promote the lhs to the vector type.
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00003554 if (const ExtVectorType *V = rhsType->getAsExtVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003555 QualType eltType = V->getElementType();
3556
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003557 if ((eltType->getAsBuiltinType() == lhsType->getAsBuiltinType()) ||
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003558 (eltType->isIntegerType() && isa<IntegerLiteral>(lex)) ||
3559 (eltType->isFloatingType() && isa<FloatingLiteral>(lex))) {
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003560 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rhsType);
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003561 return rhsType;
3562 }
3563 }
3564
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003565 // You cannot convert between vector values of different size.
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003566 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003567 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003568 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003569 return QualType();
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00003570}
3571
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003572inline QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003573 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003574{
Daniel Dunbar2f08d812009-01-05 22:42:10 +00003575 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003576 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003577
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003578 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003579
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003580 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003581 return compType;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003582 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003583}
3584
3585inline QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003586 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003587{
Daniel Dunbarb27282f2009-01-05 22:55:36 +00003588 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3589 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
3590 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3591 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3592 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003593
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003594 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003595
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003596 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003597 return compType;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003598 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003599}
3600
3601inline QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003602 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003603{
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003604 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3605 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3606 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
3607 return compType;
3608 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003609
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003610 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003611
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003612 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003613 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() &&
3614 rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3615 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003616 return compType;
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003617 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003618
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003619 // Put any potential pointer into PExp
3620 Expr* PExp = lex, *IExp = rex;
3621 if (IExp->getType()->isPointerType())
3622 std::swap(PExp, IExp);
3623
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003624 if (const PointerType *PTy = PExp->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003625 if (IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003626 QualType PointeeTy = PTy->getPointeeType();
3627 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types.
3628 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003629 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3630 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003631 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003632 return QualType();
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003633 }
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003634
3635 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
3636 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3637 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003638 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003639 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3640 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
3641 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
3642 return QualType();
3643 }
3644
3645 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3646 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3647 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
3648 } else if (!PTy->isDependentType() &&
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003649 RequireCompleteType(Loc, PointeeTy,
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003650 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003651 PExp->getSourceRange(), SourceRange(),
3652 PExp->getType()))
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003653 return QualType();
3654
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003655 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
3656 if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
3657 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
3658 << PointeeTy << PExp->getSourceRange();
3659 return QualType();
3660 }
3661
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003662 if (CompLHSTy) {
3663 QualType LHSTy = lex->getType();
3664 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
3665 LHSTy = Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor6fcf2ca2009-05-02 00:36:19 +00003666 else {
3667 QualType T = isPromotableBitField(lex, Context);
3668 if (!T.isNull())
3669 LHSTy = T;
3670 }
3671
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003672 *CompLHSTy = LHSTy;
3673 }
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003674 return PExp->getType();
3675 }
3676 }
3677
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003678 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003679}
3680
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003681// C99 6.5.6
3682QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003683 SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
3684 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3685 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3686 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
3687 return compType;
3688 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003689
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003690 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003691
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003692 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003693
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003694 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Mike Stumpea3d74e2009-05-07 18:43:07 +00003695 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType()
3696 && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003697 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003698 return compType;
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003699 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003700
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003701 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
3702 if (const PointerType *LHSPTy = lex->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff577f9722008-01-29 18:58:14 +00003703 QualType lpointee = LHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003704
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003705 // The LHS must be an completely-defined object type.
Douglas Gregorb3193242009-01-23 00:36:41 +00003706
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003707 bool ComplainAboutVoid = false;
3708 Expr *ComplainAboutFunc = 0;
3709 if (lpointee->isVoidType()) {
3710 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3711 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
3712 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3713 return QualType();
3714 }
3715
3716 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
3717 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
3718 } else if (lpointee->isFunctionType()) {
3719 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3720 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003721 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003722 return QualType();
3723 }
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003724
3725 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3726 ComplainAboutFunc = lex;
3727 } else if (!lpointee->isDependentType() &&
3728 RequireCompleteType(Loc, lpointee,
3729 diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object,
3730 lex->getSourceRange(),
3731 SourceRange(),
3732 lex->getType()))
3733 return QualType();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003734
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003735 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
3736 if (lpointee->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
3737 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
3738 << lpointee << lex->getSourceRange();
3739 return QualType();
3740 }
3741
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003742 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003743 if (rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
3744 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
3745 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3746 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3747 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
3748 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3749 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
3750 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
3751
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003752 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003753 return lex->getType();
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003754 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003755
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003756 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
3757 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy = rex->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
Eli Friedman50727042008-02-08 01:19:44 +00003758 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003759
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003760 // RHS must be a completely-type object type.
3761 // Handle the GNU void* extension.
3762 if (rpointee->isVoidType()) {
3763 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3764 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
3765 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3766 return QualType();
3767 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003768
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003769 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
3770 } else if (rpointee->isFunctionType()) {
3771 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3772 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003773 << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003774 return QualType();
3775 }
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003776
3777 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3778 if (!ComplainAboutFunc)
3779 ComplainAboutFunc = rex;
3780 } else if (!rpointee->isDependentType() &&
3781 RequireCompleteType(Loc, rpointee,
3782 diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object,
3783 rex->getSourceRange(),
3784 SourceRange(),
3785 rex->getType()))
3786 return QualType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003787
Eli Friedman143ddc92009-05-16 13:54:38 +00003788 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3789 // Pointee types must be the same: C++ [expr.add]
3790 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lpointee, rpointee)) {
3791 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
3792 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
3793 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3794 return QualType();
3795 }
3796 } else {
3797 // Pointee types must be compatible C99 6.5.6p3
3798 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
3799 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
3800 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
3801 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
3802 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
3803 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3804 return QualType();
3805 }
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003806 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003807
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003808 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
3809 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3810 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3811 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
3812 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3813 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
3814 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003815
3816 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003817 return Context.getPointerDiffType();
3818 }
3819 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003820
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003821 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003822}
3823
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003824// C99 6.5.7
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003825QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003826 bool isCompAssign) {
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003827 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
3828 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003829 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003830
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003831 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
3832 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003833 QualType LHSTy;
3834 if (lex->getType()->isPromotableIntegerType())
3835 LHSTy = Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor6fcf2ca2009-05-02 00:36:19 +00003836 else {
3837 LHSTy = isPromotableBitField(lex, Context);
3838 if (LHSTy.isNull())
3839 LHSTy = lex->getType();
3840 }
Chris Lattnerbb19bc42007-12-13 07:28:16 +00003841 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003842 ImpCastExprToType(lex, LHSTy);
3843
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003844 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003845
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003846 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003847 return LHSTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003848}
3849
Douglas Gregor30eed0f2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00003850// C99 6.5.8, C++ [expr.rel]
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003851QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003852 unsigned OpaqueOpc, bool isRelational) {
3853 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)OpaqueOpc;
3854
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003855 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003856 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isRelational);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003857
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003858 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
Steve Naroffecc4fa12007-08-10 18:26:40 +00003859 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
3860 UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex);
3861 else {
3862 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
3863 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
3864 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003865 QualType lType = lex->getType();
3866 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003867
Mike Stumpea3d74e2009-05-07 18:43:07 +00003868 if (!lType->isFloatingType()
3869 && !(lType->isBlockPointerType() && isRelational)) {
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003870 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
3871 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
3872 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
Ted Kremenek264b5cb2009-03-20 19:57:37 +00003873 // NOTE: Don't warn about comparisons of enum constants. These can arise
3874 // from macro expansions, and are usually quite deliberate.
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003875 Expr *LHSStripped = lex->IgnoreParens();
3876 Expr *RHSStripped = rex->IgnoreParens();
3877 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSStripped))
3878 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSStripped))
Ted Kremenekf042dc62009-03-20 18:35:45 +00003879 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl() &&
3880 !isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DRL->getDecl()))
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003881 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003882
3883 if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped))
3884 LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
3885 if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped))
3886 RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
3887
3888 // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other
3889 // operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp.
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003890 Expr *literalString = 0;
3891 Expr *literalStringStripped = 0;
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003892 if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003893 !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3894 literalString = lex;
3895 literalStringStripped = LHSStripped;
3896 }
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003897 else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) ||
3898 isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003899 !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3900 literalString = rex;
3901 literalStringStripped = RHSStripped;
3902 }
3903
3904 if (literalString) {
3905 std::string resultComparison;
3906 switch (Opc) {
3907 case BinaryOperator::LT: resultComparison = ") < 0"; break;
3908 case BinaryOperator::GT: resultComparison = ") > 0"; break;
3909 case BinaryOperator::LE: resultComparison = ") <= 0"; break;
3910 case BinaryOperator::GE: resultComparison = ") >= 0"; break;
3911 case BinaryOperator::EQ: resultComparison = ") == 0"; break;
3912 case BinaryOperator::NE: resultComparison = ") != 0"; break;
3913 default: assert(false && "Invalid comparison operator");
3914 }
3915 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_stringcompare)
3916 << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(literalStringStripped)
3917 << literalString->getSourceRange()
Douglas Gregor3faaa812009-04-01 23:51:29 +00003918 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ", ")
3919 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(lex->getLocStart(),
3920 "strcmp(")
3921 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(
3922 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(rex->getLocEnd()),
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003923 resultComparison);
3924 }
Ted Kremenekcf8b77d2007-10-29 16:58:49 +00003925 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003926
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003927 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003928 QualType ResultTy = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus? Context.BoolTy :Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003929
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003930 if (isRelational) {
3931 if (lType->isRealType() && rType->isRealType())
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003932 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003933 } else {
Ted Kremenek486509e2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00003934 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
Ted Kremenek486509e2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00003935 if (lType->isFloatingType()) {
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003936 assert(rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003937 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Ted Kremenek75439142007-10-29 16:40:01 +00003938 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003939
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003940 if (lType->isArithmeticType() && rType->isArithmeticType())
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003941 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003942 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003943
Chris Lattner22be8422007-08-26 01:10:14 +00003944 bool LHSIsNull = lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context);
3945 bool RHSIsNull = rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003946
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003947 // All of the following pointer related warnings are GCC extensions, except
3948 // when handling null pointer constants. One day, we can consider making them
3949 // errors (when -pedantic-errors is enabled).
Steve Naroffc33c0602007-08-27 04:08:11 +00003950 if (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
Chris Lattner56a5cd62008-04-03 05:07:25 +00003951 QualType LCanPointeeTy =
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003952 Context.getCanonicalType(lType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattner56a5cd62008-04-03 05:07:25 +00003953 QualType RCanPointeeTy =
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003954 Context.getCanonicalType(rType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003955
Douglas Gregor30eed0f2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00003956 // Simple check: if the pointee types are identical, we're done.
3957 if (LCanPointeeTy == RCanPointeeTy)
3958 return ResultTy;
3959
3960 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3961 // C++ [expr.rel]p2:
3962 // [...] Pointer conversions (4.10) and qualification
3963 // conversions (4.4) are performed on pointer operands (or on
3964 // a pointer operand and a null pointer constant) to bring
3965 // them to their composite pointer type. [...]
3966 //
3967 // C++ [expr.eq]p2 uses the same notion for (in)equality
3968 // comparisons of pointers.
Douglas Gregorcf651d22009-05-05 04:50:50 +00003969 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex);
Douglas Gregor30eed0f2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00003970 if (T.isNull()) {
3971 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
3972 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3973 return QualType();
3974 }
3975
3976 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T);
3977 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T);
3978 return ResultTy;
3979 }
3980
Steve Naroff3b435622007-11-13 14:57:38 +00003981 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull && // C99 6.5.9p2
Chris Lattner56a5cd62008-04-03 05:07:25 +00003982 !LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() && !RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() &&
3983 !Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
Eli Friedman0d9549b2008-08-22 00:56:42 +00003984 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType()) &&
Steve Naroff17c03822009-02-12 17:52:19 +00003985 !Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003986 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003987 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003988 }
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003989 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003990 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4462cb02007-08-16 21:48:38 +00003991 }
Sebastian Redl5d0ead72009-05-10 18:38:11 +00003992 // C++ allows comparison of pointers with null pointer constants.
3993 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3994 if (lType->isPointerType() && RHSIsNull) {
3995 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
3996 return ResultTy;
3997 }
3998 if (rType->isPointerType() && LHSIsNull) {
3999 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType);
4000 return ResultTy;
4001 }
4002 // And comparison of nullptr_t with itself.
4003 if (lType->isNullPtrType() && rType->isNullPtrType())
4004 return ResultTy;
4005 }
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004006 // Handle block pointer types.
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004007 if (!isRelational && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004008 QualType lpointee = lType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
4009 QualType rpointee = rType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004010
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004011 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
Eli Friedmanb6eed6e2009-06-08 05:08:54 +00004012 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004013 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004014 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004015 }
4016 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004017 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004018 }
Steve Narofff85d66c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004019 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004020 if (!isRelational
4021 && ((lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isPointerType())
4022 || (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()))) {
Steve Narofff85d66c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004023 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004024 if (!((rType->isPointerType() && rType->getAsPointerType()
4025 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
4026 || (lType->isPointerType() && lType->getAsPointerType()
4027 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())))
4028 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
4029 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Narofff85d66c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004030 }
4031 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004032 return ResultTy;
Steve Narofff85d66c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004033 }
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004034
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004035 if ((lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Steve Naroff3d081ae2008-10-27 10:33:19 +00004036 if (lType->isPointerType() || rType->isPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff030fcda2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004037 const PointerType *LPT = lType->getAsPointerType();
4038 const PointerType *RPT = rType->getAsPointerType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004039 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ?
Steve Naroff030fcda2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004040 Context.getCanonicalType(LPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004041 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ?
Steve Naroff030fcda2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004042 Context.getCanonicalType(RPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004043
Steve Naroff030fcda2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004044 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
4045 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004046 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004047 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff3d081ae2008-10-27 10:33:19 +00004048 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004049 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff3d081ae2008-10-27 10:33:19 +00004050 }
Daniel Dunbar11c5f822008-10-23 23:30:52 +00004051 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004052 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff3b2ceea2008-10-20 18:19:10 +00004053 }
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004054 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lType, rType, true)) {
4055 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004056 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00004057 } else {
4058 if ((lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004059 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id_operands)
Chris Lattner271d4c22008-11-24 05:29:24 +00004060 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Daniel Dunbar11c5f822008-10-23 23:30:52 +00004061 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004062 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00004063 }
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004064 }
Fariborz Jahanian5319d9c2007-12-20 01:06:58 +00004065 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004066 if ((lType->isPointerType() || lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004067 rType->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner22be8422007-08-26 01:10:14 +00004068 if (!RHSIsNull)
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004069 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004070 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00004071 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004072 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4462cb02007-08-16 21:48:38 +00004073 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004074 if (lType->isIntegerType() &&
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004075 (rType->isPointerType() || rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Chris Lattner22be8422007-08-26 01:10:14 +00004076 if (!LHSIsNull)
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004077 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004078 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00004079 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004080 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004081 }
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004082 // Handle block pointers.
Mike Stumpea3d74e2009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004083 if (!isRelational && RHSIsNull
4084 && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004085 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004086 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004087 }
Mike Stumpea3d74e2009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004088 if (!isRelational && LHSIsNull
4089 && lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004090 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004091 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004092 }
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004093 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004094}
4095
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004096/// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004097/// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004098/// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
4099/// types.
4100QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004101 SourceLocation Loc,
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004102 bool isRelational) {
4103 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
4104 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004105 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004106 if (vType.isNull())
4107 return vType;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004108
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004109 QualType lType = lex->getType();
4110 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004111
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004112 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
4113 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
4114 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
4115 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
4116 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens()))
4117 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens()))
4118 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004119 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004120 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004121
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004122 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
4123 if (!isRelational && lType->isFloatingType()) {
4124 assert (rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004125 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004126 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004127
Chris Lattner10687e32009-03-31 07:46:52 +00004128 // FIXME: Vector compare support in the LLVM backend is not fully reliable,
4129 // just reject all vector comparisons for now.
4130 if (1) {
4131 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_comparison)
4132 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4133 return QualType();
4134 }
4135
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004136 // Return the type for the comparison, which is the same as vector type for
4137 // integer vectors, or an integer type of identical size and number of
4138 // elements for floating point vectors.
4139 if (lType->isIntegerType())
4140 return lType;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004141
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004142 const VectorType *VTy = lType->getAsVectorType();
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004143 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
Nate Begemand6d2f772009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004144 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004145 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
Chris Lattner10687e32009-03-31 07:46:52 +00004146 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
Nate Begemand6d2f772009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004147 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
4148
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004149 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
Nate Begemand6d2f772009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004150 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004151 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
4152}
4153
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004154inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004155 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004156{
4157 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004158 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004159
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004160 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004161
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004162 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004163 return compType;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004164 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004165}
4166
4167inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004168 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004169{
4170 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
4171 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004172
Eli Friedmanbea3f842008-05-13 20:16:47 +00004173 if (lex->getType()->isScalarType() && rex->getType()->isScalarType())
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004174 return Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004175 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004176}
4177
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004178/// IsReadonlyProperty - Verify that otherwise a valid l-value expression
4179/// is a read-only property; return true if so. A readonly property expression
4180/// depends on various declarations and thus must be treated specially.
4181///
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004182static bool IsReadonlyProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S)
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004183{
4184 if (E->getStmtClass() == Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass) {
4185 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr* PropExpr = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E);
4186 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getProperty()) {
4187 QualType BaseType = PropExpr->getBase()->getType();
4188 if (const PointerType *PTy = BaseType->getAsPointerType())
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004189 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy =
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004190 PTy->getPointeeType()->getAsObjCInterfaceType())
4191 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFTy->getDecl())
4192 if (S.isPropertyReadonly(PDecl, IFace))
4193 return true;
4194 }
4195 }
4196 return false;
4197}
4198
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004199/// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
4200/// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
4201static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
Daniel Dunbarf7fa9dc2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004202 SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc;
4203 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context,
4204 &Loc);
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004205 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid && IsReadonlyProperty(E, S))
4206 IsLV = Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty;
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004207 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
4208 return false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004209
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004210 unsigned Diag = 0;
4211 bool NeedType = false;
4212 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
4213 default: assert(0 && "Unknown result from isModifiableLvalue!");
4214 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const; break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004215 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004216 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4217 NeedType = true;
4218 break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004219 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004220 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4221 NeedType = true;
4222 break;
Chris Lattner37fb9402008-11-17 19:51:54 +00004223 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004224 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
4225 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004226 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004227 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4228 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004229 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
4230 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
Douglas Gregorc84d8932009-03-09 16:13:40 +00004231 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004232 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue,
4233 E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004234 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004235 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
4236 break;
Steve Naroff076d6cb2008-09-26 14:41:28 +00004237 case Expr::MLV_NotBlockQualified:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004238 Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4239 break;
Fariborz Jahanianf18d4c82008-11-22 18:39:36 +00004240 case Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty:
4241 Diag = diag::error_readonly_property_assignment;
4242 break;
Fariborz Jahanianc05da422008-11-22 20:25:50 +00004243 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
4244 Diag = diag::error_nosetter_property_assignment;
4245 break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004246 }
Steve Naroff7cbb1462007-07-31 12:34:36 +00004247
Daniel Dunbarf7fa9dc2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004248 SourceRange Assign;
4249 if (Loc != OrigLoc)
4250 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004251 if (NeedType)
Daniel Dunbarf7fa9dc2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004252 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004253 else
Daniel Dunbarf7fa9dc2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004254 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004255 return true;
4256}
4257
4258
4259
4260// C99 6.5.16.1
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004261QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS,
4262 SourceLocation Loc,
4263 QualType CompoundType) {
4264 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
4265 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHS, Loc, *this))
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004266 return QualType();
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004267
4268 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
4269 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS->getType() : CompoundType;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004270
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004271 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004272 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004273 // Simple assignment "x = y".
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004274 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanian82f54962009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004275 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
4276 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
4277 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
4278 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSType)) ||
4279 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
4280 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSType))))
4281 ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004282
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004283 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
4284 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
4285 // instead of "x += 4".
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004286 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS;
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004287 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
4288 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
4289 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
4290 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ||
4291 UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Minus) &&
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004292 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004293 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
Chris Lattner55a17242009-03-08 06:51:10 +00004294 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() &&
4295 // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the
4296 // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1".
Chris Lattnerf1e5d4a2009-03-09 07:11:10 +00004297 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() &&
4298 UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) {
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004299 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
4300 << (UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ? "+" : "-")
4301 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
Chris Lattner55a17242009-03-08 06:51:10 +00004302 }
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004303 }
4304 } else {
4305 // Compound assignment "x += y"
Eli Friedmanb653af42009-05-16 05:56:02 +00004306 ConvTy = CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSType);
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004307 }
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004308
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004309 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
4310 RHS, "assigning"))
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004311 return QualType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004312
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004313 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
4314 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004315 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004316 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
4317 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004318 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
Douglas Gregor6fcf2ca2009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004319 // operand.
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004320 return LHSType.getUnqualifiedType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004321}
4322
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004323// C99 6.5.17
4324QualType Sema::CheckCommaOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner03c430f2008-07-25 20:54:07 +00004325 // Comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1), but not unary conversions.
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004326 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHS);
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004327
4328 // FIXME: Check that RHS type is complete in C mode (it's legal for it to be
4329 // incomplete in C++).
4330
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004331 return RHS->getType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004332}
4333
4334/// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
4335/// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004336QualType Sema::CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4337 bool isInc) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004338 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
4339 return Context.DependentTy;
4340
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004341 QualType ResType = Op->getType();
4342 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004343
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004344 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
4345 // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
4346 if (!isInc) {
4347 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
4348 return QualType();
4349 }
4350 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
4351 Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
4352 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004353 // OK!
4354 } else if (const PointerType *PT = ResType->getAsPointerType()) {
4355 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
Douglas Gregorcde3a2d2009-03-24 20:13:58 +00004356 if (PT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorb3193242009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004357 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4358 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4359 << Op->getSourceRange();
4360 return QualType();
4361 }
4362
4363 // Pointer to void is a GNU extension in C.
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004364 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) << Op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004365 } else if (PT->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorb3193242009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004366 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4367 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
4368 << Op->getType() << Op->getSourceRange();
4369 return QualType();
4370 }
4371
4372 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004373 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregorcde3a2d2009-03-24 20:13:58 +00004374 } else if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, PT->getPointeeType(),
4375 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
4376 Op->getSourceRange(), SourceRange(),
4377 ResType))
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004378 return QualType();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004379 } else if (ResType->isComplexType()) {
4380 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
4381 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004382 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004383 } else {
4384 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004385 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004386 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004387 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004388 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
Steve Naroff6acc0f42007-08-23 21:37:33 +00004389 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004390 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, *this))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004391 return QualType();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004392 return ResType;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004393}
4394
Anders Carlsson4b3db2b2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00004395/// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004396/// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004397/// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
4398/// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
4399/// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
4400/// - &(x) => x
4401/// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
4402/// - &s.xx => s
4403/// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
4404/// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
4405/// - &"123"[2] -> 0
4406/// - & __real__ x -> x
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004407static NamedDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004408 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004409 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +00004410 case Stmt::QualifiedDeclRefExprClass:
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004411 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004412 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004413 // If this is an arrow operator, the address is an offset from
4414 // the base's value, so the object the base refers to is
4415 // irrelevant.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004416 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
Chris Lattnera3249072007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004417 return 0;
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004418 // Otherwise, the expression refers to a part of the base
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004419 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
Anders Carlsson4b3db2b2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00004420 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
Mike Stumpe127ae32009-05-16 07:39:55 +00004421 // FIXME: This code shouldn't be necessary! We should catch the implicit
4422 // promotion of register arrays earlier.
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004423 Expr* Base = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase();
4424 if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Base)) {
4425 if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArrayType())
4426 return getPrimaryDecl(ICE->getSubExpr());
4427 }
4428 return 0;
Anders Carlsson4b3db2b2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00004429 }
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004430 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
4431 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004432
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004433 switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004434 case UnaryOperator::Real:
4435 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
4436 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
4437 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
4438 default:
4439 return 0;
4440 }
4441 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004442 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004443 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattnera3249072007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004444 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004445 // If the result of an implicit cast is an l-value, we care about
4446 // the sub-expression; otherwise, the result here doesn't matter.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004447 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004448 default:
4449 return 0;
4450 }
4451}
4452
4453/// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004454/// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004455/// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004456/// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004457/// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004458/// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
Douglas Gregor45014fd2008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004459/// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004460QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(Expr *op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004461 // Make sure to ignore parentheses in subsequent checks
4462 op = op->IgnoreParens();
4463
Douglas Gregore6be68a2008-12-17 22:52:20 +00004464 if (op->isTypeDependent())
4465 return Context.DependentTy;
4466
Steve Naroff9c6c3592008-01-13 17:10:08 +00004467 if (getLangOptions().C99) {
4468 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
4469 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
4470 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref)
4471 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
4472 // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
4473 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
4474 }
4475 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
4476 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
4477 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004478 NamedDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
Chris Lattner25168a52008-07-26 21:30:36 +00004479 Expr::isLvalueResult lval = op->isLvalue(Context);
Nuno Lopes1a68ecf2008-12-16 22:59:47 +00004480
Eli Friedman14ab4c42009-05-16 23:27:50 +00004481 if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid && lval != Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
4482 // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004483 // The operand must be either an l-value or a function designator
Eli Friedman14ab4c42009-05-16 23:27:50 +00004484 if (!op->getType()->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattnera3249072007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004485 // FIXME: emit more specific diag...
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004486 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
4487 << op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004488 return QualType();
4489 }
Douglas Gregor531434b2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00004490 } else if (op->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004491 // The operand cannot be a bit-field
4492 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
4493 << "bit-field" << op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00004494 return QualType();
Nate Begemana9187ab2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00004495 } else if (isa<ExtVectorElementExpr>(op) || (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op) &&
4496 cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op)->getBase()->getType()->isVectorType())){
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004497 // The operand cannot be an element of a vector
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004498 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
Nate Begemana9187ab2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00004499 << "vector element" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff73cf87e2008-02-29 23:30:25 +00004500 return QualType();
4501 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004502 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004503 // with the register storage-class specifier.
4504 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
4505 if (vd->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Register) {
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004506 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
4507 << "register variable" << op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004508 return QualType();
4509 }
Douglas Gregor5b82d612008-12-10 21:26:49 +00004510 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor45014fd2008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004511 return Context.OverloadTy;
Douglas Gregor5b82d612008-12-10 21:26:49 +00004512 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(dcl)) {
4513 // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +00004514 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
4515 // scope qualifier for the class.
4516 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op)) {
4517 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
4518 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord())
4519 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
4520 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
4521 }
Anders Carlssone9cc4c42009-05-16 21:43:42 +00004522 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
Nuno Lopesdf239522008-12-16 22:58:26 +00004523 // Okay: we can take the address of a function.
Sebastian Redl7434fc32009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004524 // As above.
Anders Carlssone9cc4c42009-05-16 21:43:42 +00004525 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op) && MD->isInstance())
4526 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
4527 Context.getTypeDeclType(MD->getParent()).getTypePtr());
4528 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004529 assert(0 && "Unknown/unexpected decl type");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004530 }
Sebastian Redl7434fc32009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004531
Eli Friedman14ab4c42009-05-16 23:27:50 +00004532 if (lval == Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
4533 // Taking the address of a void variable is technically illegal, but we
4534 // allow it in cases which are otherwise valid.
4535 // Example: "extern void x; void* y = &x;".
4536 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_void) << op->getSourceRange();
4537 }
4538
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004539 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
4540 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
4541}
4542
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004543QualType Sema::CheckIndirectionOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004544 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
4545 return Context.DependentTy;
4546
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004547 UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
4548 QualType Ty = Op->getType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004549
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004550 // Note that per both C89 and C99, this is always legal, even if ptype is an
4551 // incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about dereferencing
4552 // a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a warning is
4553 // unlikely to catch any mistakes.
4554 if (const PointerType *PT = Ty->getAsPointerType())
Steve Naroff9c6c3592008-01-13 17:10:08 +00004555 return PT->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004556
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004557 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004558 << Ty << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004559 return QualType();
4560}
4561
4562static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(
4563 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
4564 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
4565 switch (Kind) {
4566 default: assert(0 && "Unknown binop!");
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004567 case tok::periodstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemD; break;
4568 case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemI; break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004569 case tok::star: Opc = BinaryOperator::Mul; break;
4570 case tok::slash: Opc = BinaryOperator::Div; break;
4571 case tok::percent: Opc = BinaryOperator::Rem; break;
4572 case tok::plus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Add; break;
4573 case tok::minus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Sub; break;
4574 case tok::lessless: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shl; break;
4575 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shr; break;
4576 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::LE; break;
4577 case tok::less: Opc = BinaryOperator::LT; break;
4578 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::GE; break;
4579 case tok::greater: Opc = BinaryOperator::GT; break;
4580 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::NE; break;
4581 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::EQ; break;
4582 case tok::amp: Opc = BinaryOperator::And; break;
4583 case tok::caret: Opc = BinaryOperator::Xor; break;
4584 case tok::pipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::Or; break;
4585 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BinaryOperator::LAnd; break;
4586 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::LOr; break;
4587 case tok::equal: Opc = BinaryOperator::Assign; break;
4588 case tok::starequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::MulAssign; break;
4589 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::DivAssign; break;
4590 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::RemAssign; break;
4591 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AddAssign; break;
4592 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::SubAssign; break;
4593 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShlAssign; break;
4594 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShrAssign; break;
4595 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AndAssign; break;
4596 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::XorAssign; break;
4597 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::OrAssign; break;
4598 case tok::comma: Opc = BinaryOperator::Comma; break;
4599 }
4600 return Opc;
4601}
4602
4603static inline UnaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
4604 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
4605 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
4606 switch (Kind) {
4607 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
4608 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreInc; break;
4609 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreDec; break;
4610 case tok::amp: Opc = UnaryOperator::AddrOf; break;
4611 case tok::star: Opc = UnaryOperator::Deref; break;
4612 case tok::plus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Plus; break;
4613 case tok::minus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Minus; break;
4614 case tok::tilde: Opc = UnaryOperator::Not; break;
4615 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UnaryOperator::LNot; break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004616 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UnaryOperator::Real; break;
4617 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UnaryOperator::Imag; break;
4618 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UnaryOperator::Extension; break;
4619 }
4620 return Opc;
4621}
4622
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004623/// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
4624/// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
4625/// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004626Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4627 unsigned Op,
4628 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004629 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004630 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)Op;
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004631 // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators
4632 QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation
4633 QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004634
4635 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004636 case BinaryOperator::Assign:
4637 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, QualType());
4638 break;
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004639 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemD:
4640 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemI:
4641 ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc,
4642 Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI);
4643 break;
4644 case BinaryOperator::Mul:
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004645 case BinaryOperator::Div:
4646 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4647 break;
4648 case BinaryOperator::Rem:
4649 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4650 break;
4651 case BinaryOperator::Add:
4652 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4653 break;
4654 case BinaryOperator::Sub:
4655 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4656 break;
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004657 case BinaryOperator::Shl:
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004658 case BinaryOperator::Shr:
4659 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4660 break;
4661 case BinaryOperator::LE:
4662 case BinaryOperator::LT:
4663 case BinaryOperator::GE:
4664 case BinaryOperator::GT:
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004665 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, true);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004666 break;
4667 case BinaryOperator::EQ:
4668 case BinaryOperator::NE:
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004669 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, false);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004670 break;
4671 case BinaryOperator::And:
4672 case BinaryOperator::Xor:
4673 case BinaryOperator::Or:
4674 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4675 break;
4676 case BinaryOperator::LAnd:
4677 case BinaryOperator::LOr:
4678 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4679 break;
4680 case BinaryOperator::MulAssign:
4681 case BinaryOperator::DivAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004682 CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4683 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4684 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4685 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004686 break;
4687 case BinaryOperator::RemAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004688 CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4689 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4690 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4691 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004692 break;
4693 case BinaryOperator::AddAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004694 CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
4695 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4696 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004697 break;
4698 case BinaryOperator::SubAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004699 CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
4700 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4701 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004702 break;
4703 case BinaryOperator::ShlAssign:
4704 case BinaryOperator::ShrAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004705 CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4706 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4707 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4708 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004709 break;
4710 case BinaryOperator::AndAssign:
4711 case BinaryOperator::XorAssign:
4712 case BinaryOperator::OrAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004713 CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4714 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4715 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4716 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004717 break;
4718 case BinaryOperator::Comma:
4719 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4720 break;
4721 }
4722 if (ResultTy.isNull())
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004723 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004724 if (CompResultTy.isNull())
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004725 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, OpLoc));
4726 else
4727 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy,
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004728 CompLHSTy, CompResultTy,
4729 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004730}
4731
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004732// Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004733Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
4734 tok::TokenKind Kind,
4735 ExprArg LHS, ExprArg RHS) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004736 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
Anders Carlsson39ecdcf2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00004737 Expr *lhs = LHS.takeAs<Expr>(), *rhs = RHS.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004738
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00004739 assert((lhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
4740 assert((rhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004741
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004742 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
4743 (lhs->getType()->isOverloadableType() ||
4744 rhs->getType()->isOverloadableType())) {
4745 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
4746 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
4747 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
4748 // the arguments.
Douglas Gregor3fc092f2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00004749 FunctionSet Functions;
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004750 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
4751 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
4752 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, lhs->getType(), rhs->getType(),
4753 Functions);
4754 Expr *Args[2] = { lhs, rhs };
4755 DeclarationName OpName
4756 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
4757 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, Args, 2, Functions);
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004758 }
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004759
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004760 // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent)
4761 // binary operation.
4762 return CreateOverloadedBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, Functions, lhs, rhs);
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004763 }
4764
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004765 // Build a built-in binary operation.
4766 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004767}
4768
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004769Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4770 unsigned OpcIn,
4771 ExprArg InputArg) {
4772 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004773
Mike Stumpe127ae32009-05-16 07:39:55 +00004774 // FIXME: Input is modified below, but InputArg is not updated appropriately.
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004775 Expr *Input = (Expr *)InputArg.get();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004776 QualType resultType;
4777 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004778 case UnaryOperator::PostInc:
4779 case UnaryOperator::PostDec:
4780 case UnaryOperator::OffsetOf:
4781 assert(false && "Invalid unary operator");
4782 break;
4783
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004784 case UnaryOperator::PreInc:
4785 case UnaryOperator::PreDec:
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004786 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Input, OpLoc,
4787 Opc == UnaryOperator::PreInc);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004788 break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004789 case UnaryOperator::AddrOf:
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004790 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc);
4791 break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004792 case UnaryOperator::Deref:
Steve Naroffccc26a72007-12-18 04:06:57 +00004793 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004794 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(Input, OpLoc);
4795 break;
4796 case UnaryOperator::Plus:
4797 case UnaryOperator::Minus:
4798 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
4799 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004800 if (resultType->isDependentType())
4801 break;
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004802 if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
4803 break;
4804 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6-7
4805 resultType->isEnumeralType())
4806 break;
4807 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
4808 Opc == UnaryOperator::Plus &&
4809 resultType->isPointerType())
4810 break;
4811
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004812 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
4813 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004814 case UnaryOperator::Not: // bitwise complement
4815 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
4816 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004817 if (resultType->isDependentType())
4818 break;
Chris Lattnerbd695022008-07-25 23:52:49 +00004819 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
4820 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
4821 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004822 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004823 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerbd695022008-07-25 23:52:49 +00004824 else if (!resultType->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004825 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
4826 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004827 break;
4828 case UnaryOperator::LNot: // logical negation
4829 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
4830 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
4831 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004832 if (resultType->isDependentType())
4833 break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004834 if (!resultType->isScalarType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004835 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
4836 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004837 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004838 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
4839 resultType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004840 break;
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00004841 case UnaryOperator::Real:
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00004842 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
Chris Lattner57e5f7e2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00004843 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(Input, OpLoc, Opc == UnaryOperator::Real);
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00004844 break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004845 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004846 resultType = Input->getType();
4847 break;
4848 }
4849 if (resultType.isNull())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004850 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004851
4852 InputArg.release();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004853 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input, Opc, resultType, OpLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004854}
4855
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004856// Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
4857Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4858 tok::TokenKind Op, ExprArg input) {
4859 Expr *Input = (Expr*)input.get();
4860 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op);
4861
4862 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType()) {
4863 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
4864 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
4865 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
4866 // the arguments.
4867 FunctionSet Functions;
4868 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
4869 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
4870 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Input->getType(), QualType(),
4871 Functions);
4872 DeclarationName OpName
4873 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
4874 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, &Input, 1, Functions);
4875 }
4876
4877 return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, move(input));
4878 }
4879
4880 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(input));
4881}
4882
Steve Naroff5cbb02f2007-09-16 14:56:35 +00004883/// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004884Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4885 SourceLocation LabLoc,
4886 IdentifierInfo *LabelII) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004887 // Look up the record for this label identifier.
Chris Lattner2616d8c2009-04-18 20:01:55 +00004888 LabelStmt *&LabelDecl = getLabelMap()[LabelII];
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004889
Daniel Dunbar879788d2008-08-04 16:51:22 +00004890 // If we haven't seen this label yet, create a forward reference. It
4891 // will be validated and/or cleaned up in ActOnFinishFunctionBody.
Steve Naroffb88d81c2009-03-13 15:38:40 +00004892 if (LabelDecl == 0)
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004893 LabelDecl = new (Context) LabelStmt(LabLoc, LabelII, 0);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004894
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004895 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004896 return Owned(new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, LabelDecl,
4897 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy)));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004898}
4899
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004900Sema::OwningExprResult
4901Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, StmtArg substmt,
4902 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
4903 Stmt *SubStmt = static_cast<Stmt*>(substmt.get());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004904 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
4905 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
4906
Eli Friedmanbc941e12009-01-24 23:09:00 +00004907 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Chris Lattneraa257592009-04-25 19:11:05 +00004908 if (isFileScope)
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004909 return ExprError(Diag(LPLoc, diag::err_stmtexpr_file_scope));
Eli Friedmanbc941e12009-01-24 23:09:00 +00004910
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004911 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
4912 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
4913 // More semantic analysis is needed.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004914
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004915 // If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
4916 // as the type of the stmtexpr.
4917 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004918
Chris Lattner200964f2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00004919 if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
4920 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
4921 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
4922 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt))
4923 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004924
Chris Lattner200964f2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00004925 if (Expr *LastExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004926 Ty = LastExpr->getType();
Chris Lattner200964f2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00004927 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004928
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004929 // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement
4930 // expressions are not lvalues.
4931
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004932 substmt.release();
4933 return Owned(new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004934}
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00004935
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004936Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
4937 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4938 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
4939 TypeTy *argty,
4940 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
4941 unsigned NumComponents,
4942 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
4943 // FIXME: This function leaks all expressions in the offset components on
4944 // error.
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004945 QualType ArgTy = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(argty);
4946 assert(!ArgTy.isNull() && "Missing type argument!");
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004947
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004948 bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType();
4949
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004950 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
4951 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
4952 // a struct/union/class.
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004953 if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004954 return ExprError(Diag(TypeLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) << ArgTy);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004955
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004956 // FIXME: Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable
4957 // with an incomplete type would be illegal.
Douglas Gregor6e7c27c2009-03-11 16:48:53 +00004958
Eli Friedman342d9432009-02-27 06:44:11 +00004959 // Otherwise, create a null pointer as the base, and iteratively process
4960 // the offsetof designators.
4961 QualType ArgTyPtr = Context.getPointerType(ArgTy);
4962 Expr* Res = new (Context) ImplicitValueInitExpr(ArgTyPtr);
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004963 Res = new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::Deref,
Eli Friedman342d9432009-02-27 06:44:11 +00004964 ArgTy, SourceLocation());
Eli Friedmanc67f86a2009-01-26 01:33:06 +00004965
Chris Lattnerb37522e2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00004966 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
4967 // GCC extension, diagnose them.
Eli Friedman342d9432009-02-27 06:44:11 +00004968 // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in
4969 // a system header!
Chris Lattnerb37522e2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00004970 if (NumComponents != 1)
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004971 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
4972 << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004973
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004974 if (!Dependent) {
Eli Friedmanc24ae002009-05-03 21:22:18 +00004975 bool DidWarnAboutNonPOD = false;
Anders Carlsson68c926c2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00004976
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004977 // FIXME: Dependent case loses a lot of information here. And probably
4978 // leaks like a sieve.
4979 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) {
4980 const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i];
4981 if (OC.isBrackets) {
4982 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
4983 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(Res->getType());
4984 if (!AT) {
4985 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004986 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type)
4987 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004988 }
4989
4990 // FIXME: C++: Verify that operator[] isn't overloaded.
4991
Eli Friedman342d9432009-02-27 06:44:11 +00004992 // Promote the array so it looks more like a normal array subscript
4993 // expression.
4994 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Res);
4995
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004996 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
4997 Expr *Idx = static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E);
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004998 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004999 if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005000 return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattner7264d212009-04-25 22:50:55 +00005001 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005002 << Idx->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005003
5004 Res = new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(Res, Idx, AT->getElementType(),
5005 OC.LocEnd);
5006 continue;
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005007 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005008
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005009 const RecordType *RC = Res->getType()->getAsRecordType();
5010 if (!RC) {
5011 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005012 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
5013 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005014 }
Chris Lattner2af6a802007-08-30 17:59:59 +00005015
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005016 // Get the decl corresponding to this.
5017 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
Anders Carlsson356946e2009-05-01 23:20:30 +00005018 if (CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Anders Carlsson68c926c2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005019 if (!CRD->isPOD() && !DidWarnAboutNonPOD) {
Anders Carlssonbbceaea2009-05-02 17:45:47 +00005020 ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::warn_offsetof_non_pod_type)
5021 << SourceRange(CompPtr[0].LocStart, OC.LocEnd)
5022 << Res->getType());
Anders Carlsson68c926c2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005023 DidWarnAboutNonPOD = true;
5024 }
Anders Carlsson356946e2009-05-01 23:20:30 +00005025 }
5026
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005027 FieldDecl *MemberDecl
5028 = dyn_cast_or_null<FieldDecl>(LookupQualifiedName(RD, OC.U.IdentInfo,
5029 LookupMemberName)
5030 .getAsDecl());
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005031 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005032 if (!MemberDecl)
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005033 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
5034 << OC.U.IdentInfo << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, OC.LocEnd));
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005035
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005036 // FIXME: C++: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a static field.
5037 // FIXME: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a bitfield.
Eli Friedman35719da2009-04-26 20:50:44 +00005038 if (cast<RecordDecl>(MemberDecl->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
Anders Carlssonc154a722009-05-01 19:30:39 +00005039 Res = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(
5040 SourceLocation(), MemberDecl, Res, SourceLocation()).takeAs<Expr>();
Eli Friedman35719da2009-04-26 20:50:44 +00005041 } else {
5042 // MemberDecl->getType() doesn't get the right qualifiers, but it
5043 // doesn't matter here.
5044 Res = new (Context) MemberExpr(Res, false, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd,
5045 MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType());
5046 }
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005047 }
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005048 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005049
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005050 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::OffsetOf,
5051 Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc));
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005052}
5053
5054
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005055Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnTypesCompatibleExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5056 TypeTy *arg1,TypeTy *arg2,
5057 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005058 QualType argT1 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(arg1);
5059 QualType argT2 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(arg2);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005060
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005061 assert((!argT1.isNull() && !argT2.isNull()) && "Missing type argument(s)");
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005062
Douglas Gregore6211502009-05-19 22:28:02 +00005063 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5064 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_types_compatible_p_in_cplusplus)
5065 << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RPLoc);
5066 return ExprError();
5067 }
5068
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005069 return Owned(new (Context) TypesCompatibleExpr(Context.IntTy, BuiltinLoc,
5070 argT1, argT2, RPLoc));
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005071}
5072
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005073Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5074 ExprArg cond,
5075 ExprArg expr1, ExprArg expr2,
5076 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
5077 Expr *CondExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(cond.get());
5078 Expr *LHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr1.get());
5079 Expr *RHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr2.get());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005080
Steve Naroff93c53012007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005081 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
5082
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005083 QualType resType;
Douglas Gregordd4ae3f2009-05-19 22:43:30 +00005084 if (CondExpr->isTypeDependent() || CondExpr->isValueDependent()) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005085 resType = Context.DependentTy;
5086 } else {
5087 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
5088 llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
5089 SourceLocation ExpLoc;
5090 if (!CondExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(condEval, Context, &ExpLoc))
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005091 return ExprError(Diag(ExpLoc,
5092 diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant)
5093 << CondExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff93c53012007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005094
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005095 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
5096 resType = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->getType() : RHSExpr->getType();
5097 }
5098
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005099 cond.release(); expr1.release(); expr2.release();
5100 return Owned(new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr,
5101 resType, RPLoc));
Steve Naroff93c53012007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005102}
5103
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005104//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5105// Clang Extensions.
5106//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5107
5108/// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005109void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *BlockScope) {
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005110 // Analyze block parameters.
5111 BlockSemaInfo *BSI = new BlockSemaInfo();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005112
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005113 // Add BSI to CurBlock.
5114 BSI->PrevBlockInfo = CurBlock;
5115 CurBlock = BSI;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005116
Fariborz Jahanian89942a02009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005117 BSI->ReturnType = QualType();
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005118 BSI->TheScope = BlockScope;
Mike Stumpae93d652009-02-19 22:01:56 +00005119 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = false;
Chris Lattnere7765e12009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005120 BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5121 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005122
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005123 BSI->TheDecl = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
Douglas Gregor8acb7272008-12-11 16:49:14 +00005124 PushDeclContext(BlockScope, BSI->TheDecl);
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005125}
5126
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005127void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope) {
Mike Stumpea3d74e2009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005128 assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier()==0 && "block-id should have no identifier!");
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005129
5130 if (ParamInfo.getNumTypeObjects() == 0
5131 || ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Function) {
Douglas Gregor2a2e0402009-06-17 21:51:59 +00005132 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005133 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
5134
Mike Stump458287d2009-04-28 01:10:27 +00005135 if (T->isArrayType()) {
5136 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5137 diag::err_block_returns_array);
5138 return;
5139 }
5140
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005141 // The parameter list is optional, if there was none, assume ().
5142 if (!T->isFunctionType())
5143 T = Context.getFunctionType(T, NULL, 0, 0, 0);
5144
5145 CurBlock->hasPrototype = true;
5146 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Fariborz Jahanian157c4262009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005147 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Douglas Gregor98da6ae2009-06-18 16:11:24 +00005148 if (CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>(Context)) {
Fariborz Jahanian157c4262009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005149 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian6dac16d2009-05-15 21:18:04 +00005150 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian157c4262009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005151 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
5152 }
Chris Lattnerc65b8bb2009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005153 QualType RetTy = T.getTypePtr()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
5154
5155 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
5156 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
5157 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5158 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
5159 return;
5160 }
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005161 return;
5162 }
5163
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005164 // Analyze arguments to block.
5165 assert(ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
5166 "Not a function declarator!");
5167 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Fun;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005168
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005169 CurBlock->hasPrototype = FTI.hasPrototype;
5170 CurBlock->isVariadic = true;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005171
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005172 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs function that takes
5173 // no arguments, not a function that takes a single void argument.
5174 if (FTI.hasPrototype &&
5175 FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
Chris Lattner5261d0c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00005176 (!FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType().getCVRQualifiers()&&
5177 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType()->isVoidType())) {
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005178 // empty arg list, don't push any params.
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005179 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005180 } else if (FTI.hasPrototype) {
5181 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i)
Chris Lattner5261d0c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00005182 CurBlock->Params.push_back(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>());
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005183 CurBlock->isVariadic = FTI.isVariadic;
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005184 }
Jay Foad9e6bef42009-05-21 09:52:38 +00005185 CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(Context, CurBlock->Params.data(),
Chris Lattnerc65b8bb2009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005186 CurBlock->Params.size());
Fariborz Jahanian536f73d2009-05-19 17:08:59 +00005187 CurBlock->TheDecl->setIsVariadic(CurBlock->isVariadic);
Douglas Gregor2a2e0402009-06-17 21:51:59 +00005188 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005189 for (BlockDecl::param_iterator AI = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
5190 E = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(); AI != E; ++AI)
5191 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
5192 if ((*AI)->getIdentifier())
5193 PushOnScopeChains(*AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
Chris Lattnerc65b8bb2009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005194
Fariborz Jahanian157c4262009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005195 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Douglas Gregor98da6ae2009-06-18 16:11:24 +00005196 if (!CurBlock->isVariadic &&
5197 CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>(Context)) {
Fariborz Jahanian157c4262009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005198 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian6dac16d2009-05-15 21:18:04 +00005199 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian157c4262009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005200 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
5201 }
5202
Chris Lattnerc65b8bb2009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005203 // Analyze the return type.
5204 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
5205 QualType RetTy = T->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
5206
5207 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
5208 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
5209 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5210 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
5211 } else if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
Fariborz Jahanian89942a02009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005212 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005213}
5214
5215/// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
5216/// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
5217void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
5218 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
5219 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> CC(CurBlock);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005220
Chris Lattnere7765e12009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005221 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurBlock->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5222
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005223 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
Chris Lattnereb4d4a52009-04-21 22:38:46 +00005224 PopDeclContext();
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005225 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005226 // FIXME: Delete the ParmVarDecl objects as well???
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005227}
5228
5229/// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
5230/// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005231Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc,
5232 StmtArg body, Scope *CurScope) {
Chris Lattnerc14c7f02009-03-27 04:18:06 +00005233 // If blocks are disabled, emit an error.
5234 if (!LangOpts.Blocks)
5235 Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable);
5236
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005237 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
5238 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> BSI(CurBlock);
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005239
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005240 PopDeclContext();
5241
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005242 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
5243 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005244
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005245 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
Fariborz Jahanian89942a02009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005246 if (!BSI->ReturnType.isNull())
5247 RetTy = BSI->ReturnType;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005248
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005249 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
5250 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BSI->Params.size(); i != e; ++i)
5251 ArgTypes.push_back(BSI->Params[i]->getType());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005252
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005253 QualType BlockTy;
5254 if (!BSI->hasPrototype)
Eli Friedman45b1e222009-06-08 04:24:21 +00005255 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, 0, 0, false, 0);
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005256 else
Jay Foad9e6bef42009-05-21 09:52:38 +00005257 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(),
Argiris Kirtzidis65b99642008-10-26 16:43:14 +00005258 BSI->isVariadic, 0);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005259
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005260 // FIXME: Check that return/parameter types are complete/non-abstract
5261
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005262 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005263
Chris Lattnere7765e12009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005264 // If needed, diagnose invalid gotos and switches in the block.
5265 if (CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking)
5266 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body.get()));
5267 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5268
Anders Carlsson39ecdcf2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00005269 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(body.takeAs<CompoundStmt>());
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005270 return Owned(new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy,
5271 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs));
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005272}
5273
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005274Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5275 ExprArg expr, TypeTy *type,
5276 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005277 QualType T = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(type);
Chris Lattnerda139482009-04-05 15:49:53 +00005278 Expr *E = static_cast<Expr*>(expr.get());
5279 Expr *OrigExpr = E;
5280
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005281 InitBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedmandd2b9af2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005282
5283 // Get the va_list type
5284 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedman6f6e8922009-05-16 12:46:54 +00005285 if (VaListType->isArrayType()) {
5286 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
5287 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
5288 // a pointer for va_arg.
Eli Friedmandd2b9af2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005289 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
Eli Friedman6f6e8922009-05-16 12:46:54 +00005290 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
5291 UsualUnaryConversions(E);
5292 } else {
5293 // Otherwise, the va_list argument must be an l-value because
5294 // it is modified by va_arg.
Douglas Gregor25990972009-05-19 23:10:31 +00005295 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
5296 CheckForModifiableLvalue(E, BuiltinLoc, *this))
Eli Friedman6f6e8922009-05-16 12:46:54 +00005297 return ExprError();
5298 }
Eli Friedmandd2b9af2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005299
Douglas Gregor25990972009-05-19 23:10:31 +00005300 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
5301 !Context.hasSameType(VaListType, E->getType())) {
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005302 return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(),
5303 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
Chris Lattnerda139482009-04-05 15:49:53 +00005304 << OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner89a72c52009-04-05 00:59:53 +00005305 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005306
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005307 // FIXME: Check that type is complete/non-abstract
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005308 // FIXME: Warn if a non-POD type is passed in.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005309
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005310 expr.release();
5311 return Owned(new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, T.getNonReferenceType(),
5312 RPLoc));
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005313}
5314
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005315Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
Douglas Gregorad4b3792008-11-29 04:51:27 +00005316 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
5317 // pointers on the target.
5318 QualType Ty;
5319 if (Context.Target.getPointerWidth(0) == Context.Target.getIntWidth())
5320 Ty = Context.IntTy;
5321 else
5322 Ty = Context.LongTy;
5323
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005324 return Owned(new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc));
Douglas Gregorad4b3792008-11-29 04:51:27 +00005325}
5326
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005327bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
5328 SourceLocation Loc,
5329 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
5330 Expr *SrcExpr, const char *Flavor) {
5331 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
5332 bool isInvalid = false;
5333 unsigned DiagKind;
5334 switch (ConvTy) {
5335 default: assert(0 && "Unknown conversion type");
5336 case Compatible: return false;
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00005337 case PointerToInt:
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005338 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
5339 break;
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00005340 case IntToPointer:
5341 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
5342 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005343 case IncompatiblePointer:
5344 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
5345 break;
Eli Friedman6ca28cb2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00005346 case IncompatiblePointerSign:
5347 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign;
5348 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005349 case FunctionVoidPointer:
5350 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
5351 break;
5352 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
Douglas Gregor1815b3b2008-09-12 00:47:35 +00005353 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
5354 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
5355 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
5356 // Ideally, this check would be performed in
5357 // CheckPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
5358 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
5359 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
5360 // of a larger effort to fix CheckPointerTypesForAssignment for
5361 // C++ semantics.
5362 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
5363 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
5364 return false;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005365 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
5366 break;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005367 case IntToBlockPointer:
5368 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
5369 break;
5370 case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
Mike Stumpd331e752009-04-21 22:51:42 +00005371 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005372 break;
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00005373 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId:
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005374 // FIXME: Diagnose the problem in ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible, since
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00005375 // it can give a more specific diagnostic.
5376 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
5377 break;
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00005378 case IncompatibleVectors:
5379 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
5380 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005381 case Incompatible:
5382 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
5383 isInvalid = true;
5384 break;
5385 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005386
Chris Lattner271d4c22008-11-24 05:29:24 +00005387 Diag(Loc, DiagKind) << DstType << SrcType << Flavor
5388 << SrcExpr->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005389 return isInvalid;
5390}
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005391
Chris Lattnereec8ae22009-04-25 21:59:05 +00005392bool Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(const Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result){
Eli Friedmance329412009-04-25 22:26:58 +00005393 llvm::APSInt ICEResult;
5394 if (E->isIntegerConstantExpr(ICEResult, Context)) {
5395 if (Result)
5396 *Result = ICEResult;
5397 return false;
5398 }
5399
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005400 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
5401
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005402 if (!E->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || !EvalResult.Val.isInt() ||
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005403 EvalResult.HasSideEffects) {
5404 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_ice) << E->getSourceRange();
5405
5406 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
5407 // We only show the note if it's not the usual "invalid subexpression"
5408 // or if it's actually in a subexpression.
5409 if (EvalResult.Diag != diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice ||
5410 E->IgnoreParens() != EvalResult.DiagExpr->IgnoreParens())
5411 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
5412 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005413
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005414 return true;
5415 }
5416
Eli Friedmance329412009-04-25 22:26:58 +00005417 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_expr_not_ice) <<
5418 E->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005419
Eli Friedmance329412009-04-25 22:26:58 +00005420 if (EvalResult.Diag &&
5421 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_expr_not_ice) != Diagnostic::Ignored)
5422 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005423
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005424 if (Result)
5425 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
5426 return false;
5427}